Brown Book 7th Edition

BROWN BOOK
Seventh Edition
CITY OF LOS ANGELES

DEPARTMENT OF
PUBLIC WORKS
ADDITIONS AND AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012
EDITION AND 2014 CUMULATIVE SUPPLEMENT TO
THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR
PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
BROWN BOOK
Seventh Edition
...ofiosm •-
AVj.
&*&
£C?QS .■
B
\
-• ■
% «0 » &is
!r a
J& •u
CITY OF LOS ANGELES

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS
ADDITIONS AND AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 EDITION AND THE 2014
CUMULATIVE SUPPLEMENT TO THE STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
INTRODUCTION
A. THESE ADDITIONS AND AMENDMENTS MODIFY THE SPECIFICATIONS IN THE 2012
EDITION AND THE 2014 CUMULATIVE SUPPLEMENT TO THE "STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION" (SSPWC) AND ARE ARRANGED
IN A FORMAT THAT PARALLELS THE SSPWC.
B. REFERENCES TO AN S-SERIES STANDARD PLAN (E.G., S-283) SHALL MEAN THE LATEST
ADOPTED VERSION OF THAT STANDARD PLAN (E.G., S-283-3) UNLESS OTHERWISE
SPECIFIED ON THE PLANS OR THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
BUREAU OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS CITY OF LOS ANGELES
STANDARD GENERAL PROVISIONS SEVENTH EDITION
REVISIONS DESCRIPTION SUPERCEDES REFERENCES

SUBMITTED,^'* 2017
7
Changed, added or deleted
portions of sections 1 thru 9,
ENGI OF DESIGN
/c /u4
DEPUTY CITY ENGINEER
W %
.-=70
w
No.
foW
C-49446 IE
200, 201,203, 206 thru 212,
300 thru 304, 306 thru 308, 310,
500
Brownbook 6th Edition
(January 27, 2011)
BOE
Standard Plans
APPROVED °[ 2017 Exp. 9-30-18

INDEX NUMBER:
B-4765
(jJ'
CITY ENGINEER
REVIEWED CHECKED
SHEET 1 OF 157
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 1 – Terms, Definitions, Abbreviations, Units of Measure and Symbols ...... 3
SECTION 2 - Scope and Control of the Work ........................................................... 10
SECTION 3 - Changes in Work ................................................................................. 20
SECTION 4 - Control of Materials ............................................................................. 28
SECTION 5 - Utilities ................................................................................................ 31
SECTION 6 - Prosecution, Progress, and Acceptance of the Work .......................... 32
SECTION 7 - Responsibilities of the Contractor ........................................................ 35
SECTION 8 – Facilities for Agency Personnel CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC..59
SECTION 9 - Measurement and Payment ............................................................... 60
PART 2 - CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

SECTION 200 - Rock Materials ................................................................................. 63
SECTION 201 - Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials.......................................... 63
SECTION 203 - Bituminous Materials ....................................................................... 67
SECTION 206 - Miscellaneous Metal Items CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC..78
SECTION 207 - PipeCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC..79
SECTION 208 - Pipe Joint Types and Materials ....................................................... 82
SECTION 209 - Street Lighting, Traffic Signal, and Communication Cable
MaterialsCCCCCCC... ......................................................... 82
SECTION 210 - Paint and Protective Coatings ......................................................... 83
SECTION 211 - Material Tests CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC..C 85
SECTION 212 - Landscape and Irrigation MaterialsCCCCCCCCCCCCCC.87
SECTION 214 - Traffic Stripping, Curb and Pavement Markings, Pavement
Markers CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC 88
PART 3 - CONSTRUCTION METHODS

SECTION 300 – Earthwork CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC.C.89
SECTION 301 - Treated Soil, Subgrade Preparation and Placement of
Base Materials ............................................................................ 91
SECTION 302 - Roadway Surfacing ......................................................................... 92
SECTION 303 - Concrete and Masonry Construction ............................................. 115
SECTION 304 - Metal Fabrication and Construction .............................................. 123
SECTION 306 - Underground Conduit Construction .............................................. 123
SECTION 307 - Street Lighting and Traffic Signal Systems ................................... 131
SECTION 308 - Landscape and Irrigation Installation ............................................. 134
SECTION 310 - Painting CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC.137
PART 5 - SYSTEM REHABILITATION

SECTION 500 - Pipeline ............................................................................................. 140
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
Brown Book 7 Edition
B-4765 SHEET 2 OF 157
PART 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 1 - TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, UNITS OF
MEASURE AND SYMBOLS L.A.C.E.
INDEX
1-1 GENERAL Replace paragraph with the following:
Unless otherwise stated the words “directed”, “required”, “permitted”, “designated”,
“approved”, “acceptable”, or words of like meaning, refer to, expressions, and
prerogatives of the City. Where certain requirements are described with the stipulation
“shall”, the requirements are mandatory.
The terms “Additions and Amendments” and “Brown Book” shall mean these “Additions
and Amendments to the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction”.
The terms “as shown”, “as indicated”, or “as specified”, are understood to be followed by
the phrase “in the Contract Documents”.
Working titles having a masculine gender, such as “workman” and “journeyman” and the
pronoun “he” are used in the Specifications for the sake of brevity, and are intended to
refer to persons of either gender.
1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. Modify by adding and/or revising the following terms
and definitions:
Allowance - An amount established in the Bid by the City to reimburse the Contractor for
its actual expenses for an item of work.
Approved Subcontractor - Any subcontractor, whether bid listed or not, approved to

work on the project by the Inspector.
Best Management Practice (BMP) -

a) A measure implemented to protect water quality and reduce the potential for
pollution associated with storm water runoff.
b) Any program, technology, process, criteria, operating method, measure, or device
that controls, prevents, removes, or reduces pollution.
Blue Book - City of Los Angeles, Department of Public Works, Bureau of Street Lighting,
Special Specifications for the Construction of Street Lighting.
Board - The Board of Public Works of the City of Los Angeles.
Brown Book - City of Los Angeles, Department of Public Works, Additions and
Amendments to the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.
Calendar Day - All days beginning with the date specified in the Notice to Proceed, and
ending with the date the City issues the Statement of Completion.
th
B-4765 SHEET 3 OF 157
City - The City of Los Angeles, a municipal corporation. L.A.C.E.
INDEX
Claim - A written demand by the Contractor for:
a) A time extension.
b) Payment of money or damages arising from Work done by or for the Contractor
pursuant to the Contract and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided
for or the claimant is not otherwise entitled.
c) An amount, the payment of which is disputed by the City.
Contract Documents - Modify by adding the following after the words “Reference
Specifications,”: Geotechnical Reports, the Brown Book,
Contractor’s Representative - A representative of the Contractor who is present at the

work site to supervise, organize, coordinate, and direct daily construction activities. The
representative is also authorized to receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer and
the Inspector.
Dates - The following are Contract milestone dates:

Notice to Proceed Date - The date stated in the Notice to Proceed on which the
Contract Work and Time shall begin.
Contract Completion Date - The date the Work is contractually required to be
physically completed. The Contract Completion Date is stated in the Notice to
Proceed. The Engineer may authorize revisions of this date by Change Order.
Completion Date - This is the date of the “Final Field Acceptance” when all Work is
physically completed. The Bureau of Contract Administration establishes this date
when the Final Inspector issues the “Notice of Completion.” All of the documentation
required by the contract and by law does not necessarily need to be furnished by the
Contractor by this date.
Partial Board Acceptance Date - The date the Board accepts the publicly financed
portion of the work on Assessment Contracts or the dates the Board accepts portions
of the Work constructed in stages on Cash Contracts.
Final Acceptance Date - The date on which the Board accepts the Work as
complete. This is the date the Board accepts the Work for Cash Contracts. For
Assessment Contracts it is the date the Los Angeles City Council confirms the
Assessments.
Engineer - The City Engineer or the Director of the Bureau of Street Lighting for Street
Lighting Projects or the General Manager of the Department of Transportation for Traffic
Signals Projects or their respective authorized representative.
Extra Long Tonne (Ton) - The amount of slurry produced by combining one tonne (ton)
of dry mineral aggregate with the specified amounts of emulsified asphalt, water, and
when specified, accelerator or retardant.
Holiday - In reference to day, holidays, and dates as observed by the City. A list of these
holidays is available from the Board.
B-4765
th
Brown Book 7 Edition SHEET 4 OF 157
Inspector - Inspector of Public Works, (Director of the Bureau of Contract Administration)
of the City of Los Angeles or authorized representative.
Law - Any Federal, State or local law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation or Code.
Maximum Extent Practicable - The technology-based standard established in the Clean

Water Act 402(p)(3)(B)(iii) that municipal discharges of urban runoff must meet.
Maximum Extent Practicable generally emphasizes pollution prevention and source
control BMPs primarily (as the first line of defense) in combination with treatment
methods serving as a backup (additional lines of defense).
Non-conforming Work - Unapproved construction, defective work or damaged materials

that do not fully comply with the Contract Documents.
Notice of Intent (NOI) - Written notice of a Permittee’s intention to begin construction,

filed with the SWRCB to provide information on the project and allow for compliance
verification of stormwater runoff mitigation associated with construction activity.
Notice of Termination - Written notice, filed with the SWRCB by the Permittee, of an
identified construction site that the Permittee is no longer authorized to discharge storm
water associated with construction activity.
Notice to Withhold - The written notice by the City to the Contractor advising that certain
payments shall be withheld due to unacceptable execution of the Work by the Contractor.
Permittee - The private developer, his or her agent and/or the Contractor that obtains the
permits required to do the Work. For material approval, the Permittee can be a
Contractor, a representative of a local utility company or a Manufacturer seeking the
approval of any material, product, service, process or technology used in any construction
within the public right-of-way.
Project - See Work.
Quality Assurance - Those standards and procedures exercised by the Inspector and
the Engineer to ensure that the Contractor constructs the Work according to the Contract
Documents.
Quality Control - Those standards, systems, processes, procedures and activities

exercised by the Contractor, Subcontractors and Suppliers to ensure that they construct
the Work according to the Contract Documents.
Red Book - City of Los Angeles, Department of Transportation, Special Provisions and
Standard Drawings for the Installation and Modification of Traffic Signals.
Special Provisions - Modify the definition by deleting the word “Standard”. L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 5 OF 157
Specifications - Modify the definition by adding the following as the first sentence and
the beginning of the second sentence:
“Written requirements describing the commercial, legal, technical and non-technical
aspects of the Work. Specifications include but are not limited to, the Brown Book, ”
Standard Plans - The City of Los Angeles, Department of Public Works, Bureau of
Engineering Standard Plans referred to on the Plans or in the Specifications by number
and/ or title.
Subcontractor Substitution - Anyone other than the approved subcontractor(s)

including the Contractor, performing any portion of the Work designated to be performed
by said subcontractor(s).
Supplier - An individual, corporation, partnership, organization, firm or combination

thereof, that enters into a contract with the Contractor to provide equipment, and/or
materials for the Work including items fabricated to a special design. The supplier may
not be required for the purposes of the Work to be licensed pursuant to the California
Business and Professions Code as a Contractor. The supplier does not perform labor at
the site except the labor supervision required by some Manufacturers as part of their
equipment installation for warranty or other purposes. The word “Supplier” also includes
fabricator, Manufacturer, or vendor.
L.A.C.E.
Type I Liner - A liner compliant to Section 210-2 “Plastic Liner” INDEX
Type II Liner - A polyurethane or epoxy coating system compliant to Section 500-2.7 or

Section 500-2.8
Unapproved Subcontractor - Any bid-listed subcontractor, added subcontractor, or

substitute subcontractor who attempts to work on a project prior to being approved to do
so by the Inspector.
Unauthorized Subcontractor Substitution - Any reduction, increase, or other change

to any Subcontractor’s dollar amount shown in the “Schedule of Work and Prices” without
written approval of the Inspector.
Unavoidable Delay - Delay arising from causes beyond the control and without the fault
or negligence of the City or of the Contractor and its Subcontractors at all tiers.
Water Pollution - An alteration of the quality of waters by fuels, oils, and other harmful
materials. The alteration shall be to a degree that adversely affects such waters for
beneficial uses, or facilities that serve such beneficial uses. “Beneficial Uses” shall
include, but not necessarily be limited to, domestic, municipal, agricultural, and industrial
supply; power generation; recreation; aesthetic enjoyment; navigation; and preservation
and enhancement of fish, wildlife, and other aquatic resources or preserves.
Workday - Except as follows, all days beginning with the date specified in the Notice to
Proceed and ending with the Completion Date.
B-4765
th
a) Saturday.
b) Sunday.
c) Any day designated as a holiday by the City.
d) Any day designated as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement binding the
Contractor.
e) Any day the Contractor is prevented from working for cause as established by
“Unavoidable Delay” in City’s Master Specification General Conditions.
f) Any day the Contractor is prevented from working during the first five (5) hours of
the workday with at least sixty percent (60%) of the normal Work force for cause
as established by “Unavoidable Delay” in City’s Master Specification General
Conditions.
Working day - Same as "Workday" term and definition.
1-3 ABBREVIATIONS.
1-3.2 Common Usage. Modify by the addition of the following abbreviations:
Abbreviation Word or Words
ABUT ................................ Abutment
ADA .................................. Americans with Disabilities Act
AGB .................................. Alley grating basin
AQMD ............................... Air Quality Management District
AT&T ................................ American Telephone and Telegraph, a local and long
distance telephone company (formerly SBC and Pacific Bell)
ATSAC ............................. Automated Traffic Surveillance and Control System
BAGR ............................... Bridge approach guard railing
BB ..................................... Beginning of Bridge
BPW ................................. Board of Public Works
BSJ ................................... Bell and spigot joint
BSL ................................... Bureau of Street Lighting
CAC .................................. California Administrative Code
CASQA ............................. California Storm Water Quality Association
CGB .................................. Curbside grating basin
CIDH ................................. Cast-in-drilled-hole
CMP ................................. Corrugated Metal Pipe
COR ................................. Code of Regulation
CQC ................................. Contractor Quality Control
DBE .................................. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise
DFT .................................. Dry Film Thickness
DG .................................... Decomposed Granite
DMBB ............................... Double metal beam barrier
DWPPS ............................ Los Angeles Department of Water & Power, Power System
DWPWS .......................... Los Angeles Department of Water & Power, Water System
DWS ................................. Detectable Warning Surface
EAS .................................. Emulsion-Aggregate Slurry
EB ..................................... End of bridge
EPA .................................. Environmental Protection Agency L.A.C.E.
INDEX
B-4765
th
ESA .................................. Environmentally Sensitive Area
ESC .................................. Erosion and Sediment Control
ESAL ................................ Equivalent Single Axle Load
ESRP ................................ Emergency Spill Response Plan
FRP .................................. Fiberglass reinforced plastic
FRPM ............................... Fiberglass reinforced plastic mortar
FT ..................................... Foot or Feet
FTA ................................... Fully traffic actuated
GC .................................... Grade change
GCASP ............................. State General Construction Activity Stormwater Permit
GR .................................... Grade or Guard railing
GV .................................... Gate Valve
HS .................................... High strength
IN ...................................... Inch or Inches
IPW .................................. Inspector of Public Works
JMF .................................. Job Mix Formula
JMH .................................. Junction Maintenance Hole
LAAC ................................ Los Angeles Administrative Code
LADBS .............................. Los Angeles Department of Building and Safety
LADGS ............................. Los Angeles Department of General Services
LADOT ............................. Los Angeles Department of Transportation
LACDPW ......................... Los Angeles County Department of Public Works
LAMC ............................... Los Angeles Municipal Code
LARWQCB ....................... Los Angeles Regional Water Quality Control Board
LCB .................................. Lean Concrete Base
MA .................................... Mast Arm
MB .................................... Metal beam
MBB .................................. Metal beam barrier
MBGR ............................... Metal beam guard railing
MBE .................................. Minority Business Enterprise
MED ................................. Median
MH .................................... Maintenance Hole
MSM ................................. Mandatory subcontracting minimum
MTA .................................. Metropolitan Transportation Authority (of L.A. County)
MTH .................................. Month
MTL .................................. Material
MWD ................................ Metropolitan Water District
NPDES ............................. National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
NOI ................................... Notice of Intent
NTP .................................. Notice To Proceed
OBE. ................................. Other Business Enterprise
OH .................................... Overhead
OSA .................................. Office of the State Architect
OSHA ............................... Occupational Safety and Health Administration (Dept. Of
Labor)
QCV .................................. Quick Coupler Valve
PACBELL ......................... Pacific Bell (Pacific Telesis Group). See AT&T L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 8 OF 157
PC .................................... Polymer Concrete or Point of Curvature
PSF .................................. Pound per Square Feet
QA .................................... Quality Assurance
QC .................................... Quality Control
RCC .................................. Rail Construction Corporation
REAS ................................ Rubberized Emulsion-Aggregate Slurry
RPM ................................. Reinforced Plastic Mortar
RPME .............................. Rubberized Polymer Modified Emulsion
R/W ...................................Right of Way
SCAQMD .......................... South Coast Air Quality Management District
SCG .................................. Southern California Gas Company
SCH .................................. Schedule
SCRRA ............................. Southern California Regional Rail Authority
SOCB ............................... Side opening catch basin
SPA .................................. Specific Performance Admixture
SRJ ................................... Steel ring joint (for RCP)
SSMH ............................... Sanitary Sewer Maintenance Hole
SDMH .............................. Storm Drain Maintenance Hole
SWMP .............................. Storm Water Management Plan
SWRCB ............................ State (of California) Water Resources Control Board
TH..................................... Test hole
V ....................................... Volt
VECP ................................ Value Engineering Change Proposal
VERIZON.......................... Verizon Communications (Formerly General Telephone &
Electronics
VPC .................................. Vitrified Polymer Composite
VSCE ................................ Vegetated Stormwater Curb Extension
VT ..................................... Variable thickness
WBE ................................. Women Business Enterprise
WPCP............................... Water Pollution Control Plan
WDID ................................ Waste Discharge Identification Number
WFT ................................. Wet Film Thickness
WUT ................................. Western Union Telegraph
WWECP ........................... Wet Weather Erosion Control Plan
1-3.3 Institutions. Modify by the addition of the following Institutions:

Abbreviation Word or Words
ACI ................................... American Concrete Institute
AGA .................................. American Gas Association
AGMA ............................... American Gear Manufacturer’s Association
AI ...................................... Asphalt Institute
AISI ................................... American Iron and Steel Institute
AITC ................................. American Institute of Timber Construction
APA .................................. Asphalt Pavement Association
APWA ............................... American Public Works Association
L.A.C.E.
ASCE ................................ American Society of Civil Engineers
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 9 OF 157
ASQC ............................... American Society for Quality Control
AWPI ................................ American Wood Preservers Institute
CASQA ............................. California Stormwater Quality Association
CRSI ................................. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
CSI ................................... Construction Specification Institute
FHWA ............................... Federal Highway Administration
ICEA ................................. Insulated Cable Engineers Association
ISA .................................... Instrument Society of America
NEC .................................. National Electrical Code
NECA ............................... National Electrical Contractors Association
PCA .................................. Portland Cement Association
RCSC ............................... Research Council on Structural Connections of the
Engineering Foundation
SAMA ............................... Scientific Apparatus Manufacturer’s Association
SCAQMD .......................... South Coast Air Quality Management District
SDI ................................... Steel Deck Institute
SSPC ................................ Society for Protective Coatings (Formerly Steel Structures
Painting Council)
WCLIB .............................. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
WRI .................................. Wire Reinforcement Institute
WUC ................................. Western Underground Committee
WWPA.............................. Western Wood Products Association
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK
2-3 SUBCONTRACTS.
2-3.1 General. Replace the words “plans and specifications” with “contract documents”.
2-3.2 Self Performance. Replace the first sentence of the first paragraph with the
following: On contracts within the public R/W, the Contractor shall perform, with its own
organization, contract work amounting to at least 50 percent of the Contract Price. On
contracts outside the public R/W, such as municipal buildings, fire stations, parks, etc.,
the Contractor shall perform work amounting to at least 30 percent of the Contract Price.
Any designated specialty items may be performed by subcontract. The amount of any
such specialty items so performed may be deducted from the Contract Price before
computing the work required to be performed by the Contractor with its own forces.
Add the following paragraphs:

The Contractor shall comply with all of the provisions of the LAAC, “Mandatory
Provisions,” concerning Nondiscrimination in employment.
The Contractor shall submit “Monthly Ethnic Composition of Work Force Reports” to
th
B-4765 SHEET 10 OF 157
the Inspector showing the number of employees in the various work categories and ethnic
groups and gender. The reports shall be submitted on forms furnished by the City.
The Contractor shall include this “Nondiscrimination Clause” in all subcontracts

awarded under this Contract which shall read the following: “The Contractor shall not
discriminate during the performance of the Contract against any employee or applicant
for employment because of employee’s or applicant’s race, religion, national origin,
ancestry, sex, age, sexual orientation or physical disability.” If conflicts exist between
these provisions and the Federal Rules and Regulations governing the same, the more
stringent requirements shall prevail.
2-3.3 Status of Subcontractors. Replace the third paragraph with the following:
In addition to the requirements of 2-3.1, before the work of any Subcontractor is started,
the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a written statement listing the
name, contractor license number, proof of required work experience and qualifications,
and business address of each Subcontractor and a description and value of each portion
of the Work to be so subcontracted. All Subcontractors that will work on the Project shall
be approved in writing by the Inspector prior to starting work, regardless of the dollar
amount of the Work to be performed, and whether or not they were listed in the original
bid.

The City will not conduct business with an individual, firm or organization, and the
Contractor shall not employ or otherwise use any Subcontractor, supplier, or equipment
vendor at any tier that is on the US General Services Administration “List of Parties
Excluded from Federal Procurement and Non Procurement Programs.”
A list of individuals, firms and organizations debarred, suspended or who have

voluntarily excluded themselves from Federal Procurement and Nonprocurement
Programs is maintained by the US General Services Administration. A copy can be
obtained from the Superintendent of Documents, US Government Printing Office,
Washington, D.C. 20402, Telephone Number (202) 783-3238.
In addition, the Contractor shall not use or otherwise employ any Subcontractors or
suppliers on the list of non-responsible bidders maintained by the Inspector.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
2-4 CONTRACT BONDS. Replace the first paragraph with the following:
Before execution of the Contract by the Board, the Bidder shall file with the Board
surety bonds satisfactory to the Board in the amounts and for purposes noted below. A
responsible corporate surety shall duly execute the bonds. The corporate surety shall be
authorized to issue such bonds in the State of California and secured through an
authorized agent with an office in California. Bonds shall be issued by a surety who is
listed in the latest revision of U.S. Department of Treasury Circular 570. The surety shall
be authorized to issue bonds in California, and have a bonding limitation, shown in
Treasury Circular 570, that is sufficient to provide bonds in the amount required by the
th
B-4765 SHEET 11 OF 157
Contract. The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals. On contracts
estimated by the City Engineer to be less than $2 million, bonds may be obtained from an
insurance company with a certificate of authority from the California Insurance
Commissioner authorizing the company to write surety insurance within the State of
California.
2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS.

2-5.1 General. In the first paragraph, after the phrase “Plans and Specifications,” insert
the following:
“first page of Construction Contract, or Notice to Proceed, and Peak Hour Traffic
Restriction exemption letter (if issued),”
Add the following as the second sentence of the second paragraph:

As shown on the Plans or described in the Specifications, each element of the Work
must be furnished complete, finished, and functional.
Add the following to the end of the second paragraph:

It is understood and agreed that the written terms and provisions of the Contract
Documents represent the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto.
The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create any contractual relationship of
any kind between the City Engineer or the Inspector and the Contractor.
Add the following to the end of the third paragraph:

Unless otherwise indicated, the applicable Standard Plans designated in the Contract
Documents are the City of Los Angeles, Bureau of Engineering Standard Plans. The
Bureau of Engineering Standard Plans are posted online at http://eng.lacity.org
All work on traffic signal installations shall conform to the latest edition including
amendments of the LADOT Red Book - “Special Provisions and Standard Drawings for
the Installation and Modification of Traffic Signals.” All work on parking meter posts shall
conform to the Department of Transportation Specifications No. 82-012-02, “Detail of
Parking Meter Posts” available at 221 N. Figueroa Street, Suite 500, Los Angeles, CA
90012.
Replace the fourth paragraph with the following:

In case of a conflict within the Specifications, the provision with the more restrictive
interpretation shall govern. In the case of conflict between the Specifications, Codes,
Safety Standards, Plans and other Contract Documents, the document with the more
restrictive interpretation shall govern. All conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the
Engineer who will issue written instructions. If the Contractor proceeds with the work so
affected, without instructions from the Engineer, the incorrect work shall be removed at
no cost to the City, and such an action shall not be grounds for delay or time extension
claims by the Contractor. The necessary corrections shall be made to comply with the
Engineer’s instructions. Except for the foregoing, compensation will be made for
legitimate extra work.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 12 OF 157
2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents. Replace the entire Subsection after the first
sentence with the following: Unless otherwise specified the precedence from highest to
lowest shall be:
a) Addenda, Change Orders, Supplemental Agreements, and approved revisions to
the plans and specifications.
b) Federal and State requirements.
c) Permits from other agencies as may be required by law.
d) Special Provisions.
e) Plans (Detailed plans shall take precedence over general plans and special notes
shall take precedence over general notes).
f) Brown Book.
g) Standard Plans.
h) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.
i) Reference Specifications.
j) Reference Drawings (Detailed drawings shall take precedence over general
drawings).
2-5.3 Submittals.
2-5.3.1 General. Add the following after last paragraph:
The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 20 working days for review of submittals,
unless otherwise mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Engineer. Longer review
periods shall not be the basis for a claim for extra time or monetary compensation. The
review period shall commence on the day the submittal is received by the City. Review
periods are not cumulative. These time frames begin anew upon each submission of
shop drawing and/or submittal whether it is the initial submission or a resubmission after
review by the Engineer.
Where a manufactured item is designed by the manufacturer, fabricator,

subcontractor, consultant or designer, the drawings and supporting calculations shall be
stamped and signed by an engineer registered by the State of California executing the
design within the scope of his registration. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer,
data shall be submitted only by the prime Contractor. The prime Contractor shall indicate
by a signed stamp on the drawings, or other approved means, that the prime Contractor
has checked the data, and that the work shown is in accordance with contract
requirements and has been checked for dimensions and relationship with work of all other
trades involved. The practice of submitting incomplete or unchecked data to the Engineer
for approval is not acceptable. The data that, in the opinion of the Engineer, are
incomplete or have not been checked by the prime Contractor or are illegible will be
considered as not complying with the contract requirements and will be returned to the
Contractor for resubmittal in the proper form. The City may make this determination at
any time during the review period. The Contractor is totally responsible for any impacts
on his schedule due to incomplete submittals, submittals returned marked
REJECTED-RESUBMIT/DO NOT PROCEED, and submittals not complying with the
requirements of the Contract Documents.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 13 OF 157
Data shall be submitted in a format similar to the arrangement of the applicable
section(s) of the Specifications unless otherwise specified. Any submittal not following
the format specified, and not conforming with the requirements listed below, will be
returned for resubmittal without review.
a) Data shall include drawings and descriptive information in sufficient detail to show
the kind, size, arrangement, and operation of component material and devices, the
external connections, anchorages, and supports required, performance
characteristics, dimensions needed for installation and correlation with other
materials and equipment, and all additional information as required in the detailed
section(s) of the Specifications.
b) Calculations to support the adequacy of the design in meeting specified
performance ratings or requirements shall be submitted when required by the
Specifications.
c) Each drawing or data sheet shall be clearly marked with the name of the project,
the Contractor’s name, and references to applicable Specification paragraphs and
Plan sheets. Submittals containing multiple drawings or data sheets shall be
collated prior to submittal for approval.
d) Data sheets, catalog cuts or drawing showing more than the particular item under
consideration shall be marked to cross out all but the applicable information.
e) Data submitted shall include drawings showing wiring and/or pipe layouts, where
applicable. Any changes proposed by the Contractor shall be stated in a cover
L.A.C.E.
letter and essential details of such changes shall be clearly shown in the data
INDEX submitted.
Submittals shall be accompanied by a standard CONTRACTOR’S SUBMITTAL

TRANSMITTAL form. The City will furnish one copy of the transmittal form to the
Contractor and the Contractor shall be responsible for reproducing any additional copies
required. Any submittal not accompanied by such a form, or where all applicable items
on the form are not complete, will be returned for resubmittal. A separate transmittal form
shall be used for each specific item or class of material or equipment for which a submittal
is required. Transmittal of shop drawings on various items using a single transmittal form
will be permitted only when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer’s
“package” or are so functionally related that expediency indicates review of the group or
package as a whole. Submittals transmitted by facsimile will not be accepted.
The Contractor shall assign a unique and individual sequential number on each
submittal package. The submittal number shall be clearly written in the space provided
on the transmittal form. The Contractor shall use the individual submittal number in all
correspondence to the City in reference to a particular submittal. The Contractor shall be
responsible for not assigning the same submittal number to different submittal packages.
Resubmittals shall incorporate the original submittal number followed by the revision
number. Submittals improperly numbered will be returned without review. The Contractor
shall indicate by checking the appropriate box on the transmittal form that either no
exceptions to the Specifications are taken or deviations are submitted. If deviations are
indicated, then all deviations shall be listed with the transmittal form. Failure to list all
deviations shall be grounds for rejection of a submittal or return of the submittal without
review, at the City’s option. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any deviations
th
B-4765 SHEET 14 OF 157
not listed. Any transmittal not conforming to this requirement will be returned with the
engineering data for resubmittal without review. Consequences of such delays shall be
borne fully by the Contractor.
The Engineer’s review of drawing and data submitted by the Contractor will cover only
general conformity to the Plans and Specifications. The Engineer’s approval of drawings
returned NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN / PROCEED or MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED /
PROCEED CONDITIONALLY will not constitute a blanket approval of dimensions,
qualities, and details of the materials, equipment, device, or item shown, and does not
relieve the Contractor from any responsibility for errors, omission or deviations from the
contract requirements. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the
drawings, for shop fits and field connections, and for the results obtained by the use of
such drawings. The City reserves the right to subsequently reject any previously
approved equipment, material, and/or construction method which deviates from the
Contract Documents. When the drawings and data are returned marked
REJECTED-RESUBMIT / DO NOT PROCEED, the corrections shall be made as noted
thereon and as instructed by the Engineer. Resubmittal shall be made in the same
manner as the original submittal.
If the submittals are rejected by the Engineer, the Contractor is responsible for any
subsequent time delays without additional compensation from the City.
Subject to these requirements, drawings and data, after final processing by the
Engineer, shall become a part of the Contract Documents, and the work shown or
described thereby shall be performed in conformity therewith unless otherwise required
by the Engineer. In the event of conflict between approved submittal and the other
Contract Documents, the most stringent requirements shall apply unless the City has
agreed to a reduction in requirements in response to a deviation listed on a submittal
transmittal form.
On B-permit projects, the private engineer is responsible for obtaining the review and
approval of shop and other supplemental drawings from the Bureau of Engineering,
except those concerning street lighting facilities that are to be approved by the Bureau of
Street Lighting. The private engineer shall transmit four copies of the approved drawings
directly to the Bureau of Contract Administration, 1149 S. Broadway, Suite 300, Los
Angeles, California 90015.
Unless otherwise instructed the Contractor shall submit an “As-Built” (record) drawing
to the Engineer within 30 days of the Completion Date.
2-5.3.2 Working Drawings. Replace the sentence below Table 2-5.3.2(A) with the
following sentence below Table hereon and Add the following Table to Table 2-5.3.2(A).
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 15 OF 157
TABLE 2-5.3.2 (A)
Item Section Number Title Subject
16 7-10.5.3 Steel Plate Covers Steel Plates
17 307-5.1 General Temporary Street Ligthing and
Traffic Signal Systems
18 500-3.1.3 Planned Vents Requirement - Annular Space
Grouting
Working drawings listed as items 4 through 7, 9, 10, 12, 14 and 16 shall be prepared by a Civil or
Structural engineer registered in the State of California.
2-5.3.3 Shop Drawings. Add to Table 2-5.3.3(A) and the sentence below.
Notes
TABLE 2-5.3.3 (A)
Item Section Title Subject
Number
7 205-3.4.2 Handling and Driving Plans Prestressed concrete piles
8 216-1 General Precast Reinforced Concrete Box
9 216-3.6 Lifting Holes or Devices Fabrication - PRCB
10 206-1.3.1 Stock Material Rivets - Miscellaneous Metal Items
11 216 General Street Lighting System Materials
12 300-3.2 Preparatory Work Pipeline Rehabilitation
Notes 1. Shop drawings listed as items 4 through 9 and 12 shall be prepared by a civil or structural
engineer registered in the State of California.
2. The diagrams shall be of a size and scale to show clearly all necessary details. Pipeline
layouts, for reference only, may be submitted in tabulated form in increasing order of alignment
stationing.
3. Pipeline layout diagrams or schedules required for approval shall be submitted in accordance
with 2-5.3. Layout diagrams or schedules are required for pipelines using pipe materials
conforming to the indicated subsections. The diagrams or schedules will be submitted for
reference only, but curve layouts are required for approval.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
2-5.3.4 Supporting Information. Revise items 8, 9 & 13 to read:
8) All concrete shall have mix designs and curing method per sections 201 and
207 prepared, signed and sealed by a civil engineer registered in the State of
California.
9) Mortar and grout mix designs and curing method per section 202 are to be
prepared, signed and sealed by a civil engineer registered in the State of
California.
13) All asphalt concrete shall have mix designs, test reports and certification per
sections 203 and 204 [& Part 4] prepared, signed and sealed by a civil
engineer registered in the State of California.
Add the following items:

14) Clay Pipe Repair Material per 207-8.
15) Written Material Certification and Testing Data for all pipes per Section
207-15, 207-16, and 207-17.
16) Traffic Control Plans per 7-10 prepared, signed and sealed by a civil engineer
th
B-4765 SHEET 16 OF 157
registered in the State of California.
17) Sewerage Bypass and Pumping Plan and Spill Prevention and Emergency
Response Plan per 7-8.5.
18) Best Management Practices and Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
(SWPPP) per 7-8.6.
19) All the submittals and shop drawings are required for System Rehabilitation in
Part 5 of these specifications.
20) Temporary and Restoration Traffic Signal Plans per 7-9 prepared, signed and
sealed by a civil engineer registered in the State of California and reviewed
and approved by LA City Department of Transportation.
21) Subsurface data shall be provided by the Contractor if required by the
Contract Documents, Special Provisions and/or Standard Plans. Soil reports
shall be prepared by a geotechnical engineer licensed in the State of
California.
22) Landscaping and Irrigation Plans, Utility Plans, Operation and Maintenance
(O & M) Plans, Covenant & Agreement (C & A) Form as required by the
Contract Documents, Special Provisions, and for Standard Plans.
23) Construction Schedule per 6-1.
24) All necessary data and details including, but not limited to, catalog sheets,
manufacturer’s brochures, technical bulletins, specifications, structural
calculations, diagrams, product samples and testing reports for any material,
product or work requiring Engineers approval by the specification or as
directed by the Engineer.
2-5.3.5 Installation Instructions. Revise item c) to read:

c) Unless the proposed deviations are approved by the Engineer, installation
shall conform to the requirements in the Contract Documents.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
2-6 WORK TO BE DONE. Add the following after the first paragraph:
Unless otherwise noted or stated in the Contract Documents, no materials
manufactured or produced in a penal or correctional institution shall be incorporated
into the Work.
2-7 SUBSURFACE DATA. Replace the last sentence of the first paragraph to read:
“Additional subsurface exploration may be performed by Bidder or the Contractor
at their own expense if required to provide satisfactory installation and/or if required by
the Contract Documents, Special Provisions and/or Standard Plans.
2-8 RIGHT-OF-WAY. Add the following to the end of the paragraph:

The Contractor shall not allow his employees to use private property for any reason
or to use water or electricity from such property without written permission from the
owner. The Contractor shall provide evidence of such permission in writing to the
Inspector before entering upon such lands. In performing any work or doing any
th
B-4765 SHEET 17 OF 157
activity on lands outside the public rights of way, the Contractor shall comply with all
applicable Federal, state and local laws, ordinances, codes and regulations. The
Contractor shall indemnify and hold the City harmless from all claims or suits for
damages occasioned by such work or activity, whether done according to this
Subsection and with permission from the owner or in violation of this Subsection
without permission from the owner.
For projects involved with asphalt emulsion aggregate slurry, the Contractor shall be
fully responsible for locating and obtaining permission to use stockpile sites. Aggregate
may be stockpiled on City streets if the Contractor has received a permit from the Street
Use Division of the Bureau of Street Services. Where the Contractor may find it
advantageous to use private property, it shall arrange for its use. The Contractor shall
assume full responsibility for its rental, preparation, maintenance, and cleanup in a
manner satisfactory to the City and the property owner.
2-9 SURVEYING.
2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers. Revise the second sentence of the first paragraph
as follows:
The private engineer, or the owner at its cost, shall ensure that preconstruction survey
tie notes are filed with the Engineer.
2-9.2 Survey Service. Add to the end of the words “private contracts” of the first
sentence of the first paragraph:
or otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. L.A.C.E.
INDEX
2-9.3 Private Engineers. Replace the subsection with the following:
2-9.3 Private Engineers or Land Surveyors. Surveying by private engineers or land
surveyors on the Work shall conform to the quality and practice required by the Engineer.
Surveying shall be performed by a California licensed land surveyor or registered civil
engineer authorized to practice land surveying. For projects constructed under permit the
Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of survey monuments and bench
marks. At least two (2) working days before the start of construction, the Contractor shall
submit acceptable preconstruction survey tie notes to the Engineer. Post construction
survey monument ties acceptable to the Engineer shall be submitted to the Engineer
before the Completion Date.
2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND THE ENGINEER. Delete this subsection and add
the following subsection:
2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD, ENGINEER, AND INSPECTOR. The Board has the final
authority in all matters affecting the Work. The Contractor shall promptly comply with
instructions from the Engineer and Inspector.
The Engineer is authorized to require performance of the Work consistent with the
th
B-4765 SHEET 18 OF 157
meaning of the Plans and the Contract Documents. On all questions related to the
interpretation of Plans or Specifications, the decision of the Engineer is final and binding.
The Engineer may issue Change Orders to increase, decrease, or modify the scope
of the Work.
The Inspector is authorized to enforce compliance with the Contract Documents, to

determine the acceptability, quality, and quantity of materials and workmanship. The
Inspector is also authorized to administer requirements with respect to subcontracts, and
prepare and process progress payment estimates, including release and/or reduction of
retention. Unless otherwise ordered by the Board, the Inspector’s determination of
satisfactory performance is a condition precedent to payment under the Contract. For
such matters the decision of the Inspector is final and binding. If there is a dispute
between the Contractor and the Inspector, the latter is authorized to reject materials or
suspend the Work until any questions at issue can be referred to and decided by the
Board, or in engineering matters, by the Engineer.
The Inspector is also authorized to sample and test all materials to be incorporated
into the Work. The Inspector may delegate the authority to sample materials for
construction and request the LADGS, Standards Laboratory, or an approved private
testing laboratory to perform any necessary tests.
The Director of the Bureau of Street Lighting and the General Manager of the
Department of Transportation are authorized to perform the functions of the City Engineer
in street lighting and traffic matters respectively.
2-11 INSPECTION. Add the following after the third sentence of this subsection:
If any Work is covered without inspection, testing, approval, or consent of the
Inspector, an examination may be required by the Inspector. The cost for uncovering the
Work, inspection, testing required by the Inspector, remedial work and restoring the Work
is at the Contractor’s expense. L.A.C.E.
INDEX
The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that all Work complies with the Contract
Documents. Upon discovery, all defective or noncompliant Work must be immediately
repaired or replaced by the Contractor. Failure by the Inspector or Engineer to condemn
or reject nonconforming Work shall not constitute acceptance or implied acceptance of
such Work. Unless directed by the Inspector, the City will perform one inspection and one
re-inspection of underground conduit and appurtenant structures. Should subsequent
re-inspections be required due to the work not being in conformance with the Plans and
Specifications, the City will deduct from monies due the Contractor the amount of
$210.00 per hour for each hour or portion thereof required for the time necessary to
perform the third and subsequent re-inspections.
For Inspection call (213) 485-5080 for projects in the Metropolitan Construction
Division area, and (818) 374-1188 for projects in the Valley Construction Division.
B-4765
th
When shop fabrication is required, call (213) 847-2445, 24 hours in advance.
However, when the fabrication site is more than 50 miles from City of Los Angeles
boundaries, an Inspector or accredited Testing Laboratory (approved by the Engineer)
shall be engaged by the Contractor, at his expense, to inspect the materials, equipment
and/or process. Approval of the Inspector/Testing Laboratory shall be obtained before
producing any material or equipment in accordance with 4-1.
Add the following subsection:

2-13 CORRESPONDENCE.
Unless specified otherwise or requested by the Engineer, the use of facsimile (fax)
machines or internet email for the transmittal of routine correspondence, including
submittals, shall not be allowed. The City will allow the use of fax machines or internet
email for urgent matters such as notification of change of conditions. Unless otherwise
allowed by the Engineer, all faxes or internet email shall be directed to the Engineer. The
fax number and internet email address for the Engineer will be provided at the
pre-construction meeting or upon request by the Contractor. Faxes sent to fax numbers
and internet email address other than those designated by the Engineer will not be
accepted. Faxes or internet email received after 2:00 p.m. shall be considered as being
received the following working day. All faxes or internet email shall be followed up with
a copy that is mailed to the Engineer on the same day the fax or internet email is
forwarded. The Engineer will not accept any illegible faxed or internet email
correspondence.
SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK
3-1 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. L.A.C.E.

Add the following subsection: INDEX
3-1.3 Value Engineering Change Proposal (VECP).
The Contractor may submit to the Engineer, in writing, proposals for modifying the
Plans, Specifications or other requirements of the Contract after it is awarded by the
Board. This submittal shall be for the sole purpose of reducing the total cost of
construction without impairing the functionality of the design. The VECP shall not impair,
in any manner, the essential functions or characteristics of the Work. The essential
functions or characteristics that are not to be impaired include, but are not limited to,
service life, economy of operation, ease of maintenance, desired appearance, or design
and safety standards. The VECP shall contain the following information:
a) A description of both the existing Contract requirements for performing the work
and the proposed changes.
b) An itemization of the Contract requirements that must be changed if the VECP is
adopted.
c) A detailed estimate of the cost of performing the work under the existing Contract
and under the proposed change. The estimates of cost shall be determined in the
B-4765
th
same manner as if the work were to be paid for based on 3-3, Extra Work.
d) A statement of the time within which the Engineer must make a decision thereon.
e) The Contract items of work affected by the proposed changes, including any
quantity variation attributable thereto.
f) A list of each subcontractor affected by the proposed changes. The list shall
include:
(1) Subcontractor’s name,
(2) Work address,
(3) Contact person,
(4) Telephone number,
(5) Description and value of each subcontractor’s work,
(6) Subcontracting participation percentage level.
If applicable, the list shall also include:
(7) Minority business enterprise (MBE) percentage,
(8) Women business enterprise (WBE) percentage L.A.C.E.
(9) Small business enterprise (SBE) percentage, INDEX
(10) Emerging business enterprise (EBE) percentage,
(11) Disabled veteran business enterprise (DVBE) percentage,
(12) Other business enterprise (OBE) percentage.
The MBE, WBE, SBE, EBE, DVBE and/or OBE percentages shall be for performing
the Work under the existing Contract and the proposed VECP for any subcontractor who
will perform Work or render services in an amount greater than $10,000 or ½ of 1 percent
of the existing Contract and proposed VECP whichever is greater.
The Contractor shall comply with the “Business Inclusion Program” outreach
requirements when requesting to substitute a Subcontractor previously bid-listed or
approved for work under the original Contract with another Subcontractor to perform work
under the VECP.
The provisions of this Subsection shall not be construed to require the Engineer to
consider any VECP that may be submitted hereunder. Proposed changes in basic design
of a bridge, pavement type or substitution of a type of pipe will not be considered as an
acceptable VECP. The City will not be liable to the Contractor for failure to accept or act
upon any VECP submitted pursuant to this Subsection nor for any delays to the Work
attributable to any VECP. If a VECP is similar to a change in the Plans or Specifications
under consideration by the City for the Project at the time the VECP is submitted, or if the
VECP is based upon or similar to the Standard Specifications, or Standard Plans adopted
by the various departments of the City after the advertisement of the Contract, the
Engineer will not accept the VECP and the City reserves the right to make the changes
without compensation to the Contractor under provisions of this Subsection.
The Contractor shall continue to perform the Work by the requirements of the Contract
until an executed Change Order, incorporating the VECP, has been issued. If an
executed Change Order has not been issued by the date upon which the Contractor’s
VECP specifies that a decision thereon should be made, or such other date as the
Contractor may subsequently have specified in writing, the VECP shall be deemed
th
B-4765 SHEET 21 OF 157
rejected.
The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of a VECP and of the
estimated net savings in construction costs from adoption of all or any part of the VECP.
In determining the estimated net savings, the right is reserved to disregard the Contract
Unit Prices. The City shall disregard the Contract Unit Prices if, in the judgment of the
Engineer, they do not represent a fair measure of the value of work to be performed or to
be deleted.
The City reserves the right where it deems such action appropriate, to require the
Contractor to share in the City’s costs of investigating a VECP submitted by the
Contractor as a condition of considering the VECP. Where this condition is imposed, the
Contractor shall indicate acceptance thereof in writing. The written acceptance shall
constitute full authority for the City to deduct amounts payable to the City from any
monies due or that may become due to the Contractor under the Contract.
If the City accepts the Contractor’s VECP in whole or in part, the acceptance will be
by a Change Order, which will specifically state that it is executed pursuant to this
Subsection. The Change Order shall incorporate the changes in the Plans and the
Specifications that are necessary to permit the VECP or that part of it as has been
accepted to be put into effect. The Change Order shall also include any conditions upon
which the City based its approval if the approval of the City is conditional. The Change
Order shall set forth the estimated net savings in construction costs attributable to the
VECP effectuated by the Change Order. The Change Order shall further provide that the
Contractor be paid 50 percent of the estimated net savings amount. The Contractor’s
cost of preparing the VECP and the City’s costs of investigating the VECP, including any
portion thereof paid by the Contractor, shall be excluded from consideration in
determining the estimated net savings in construction costs.
Acceptance of the VECP and performance of the Work thereunder shall not extend
the time of completion of the Contract unless specifically provided for in the Change
Order authorizing the use of the VECP.
The amount specified to be paid to the Contractor in the Change Order that
effectuates a VECP shall constitute full compensation to the Contractor for the VECP and
the performance of the work thereof pursuant to the Change Order.
The City expressively reserves the right to adopt a VECP for general use on contracts
administered by the City when it determines that the VECP is suitable for application to
other contracts. When the City adopts an accepted VECP for general use, only the
Contractor who first submitted that VECP will be eligible for compensation pursuant to
this Subsection, and then only as to those contracts awarded to that Contractor before
submission of the accepted VECP and as to which we also submit and accepted the
VECP. VECPs, either identical or similar to previously submitted VECPs, will be eligible
for consideration and compensation under the provisions of this Subsection if the
identical or similar previously submitted VECPs were not adopted for general application
to other contracts administered by the City. Subject to the provisions contained herein,
B-4765
th
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
the City or any other public agency shall have the right to use all or any part of any
submitted VECP without obligation or compensation of any kind to the Contractor.
3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY.

3-2.2 Payment. Modify the subsection title.
3-2.2.3 Decreases of More Than 25 Percent. Add to the end of the first paragraph:
Unless specified otherwise, the unit price stipulated in the Bid shall be applied to the
first 25 percent of the actual quantity of work performed and the new mutually determined
Contract Unit Price shall be applied to the quantity between 25 and 75 percent of the
original quantity.
3-2.4 Agreed Prices. Add the following as the beginning of the first paragraph:
Agreed Prices are prices for new, unforeseen, and/or deducted work, or adjustments in
Contract Unit Prices per 3-2.2, established by mutual agreement between the Contractor
and the Agency. Agreed prices shall be negotiated before commencement of the Work.

3-2.6 Allowances.
The Board may establish an Allowance in the Bid. The Contractor shall submit to the
Engineer an estimate for each element to be furnished or provided under the Bid item for
which an Allowance has been established. Upon approval of the estimate and receipt of
the original, itemized invoices, the City will reimburse the Contractor for its actual costs as
shown on the original, itemized invoices. No work shall be performed, nor payment
made, under an allowance except for the work the allowance is designated to pay for.
The Contractor shall not be entitled to the full payment of the amount of the Allowance
should it not be utilized. A markup of 6% shall be added to the actual costs for the
contractor and subcontractor(s)’ overhead and profit associated with this bid item unless
otherwise specified in the Special Provisions.
Should the Contractor’s total costs exceed the Allowance, the difference will be
considered as extra work per 3-3, Extra Work Contractor shall be compensated for the
cost difference without additional markup.
3-3 EXTRA WORK.

3-3.1 General. Add the following to the end of the first paragraph:
or lump sum bid price. L.A.C.E.
INDEX
Add the following as the second paragraph:
Extra work can also be any change in the work including subcontract works involving
both additive and deductive works which show a net total cost. If the net total cost is an
extra, allowances for overhead and profit as indicated in Section 3-3.2.3 shall be applied
th
B-4765 SHEET 23 OF 157
over the net total cost. If the net total cost is a credit, the allowances for overhead and
profit shall not be applied.
3-3.2 Payment.
3-3.2.1 General. Insert the following between the words “upon,” and “the”:
“prior to the commencement of the work,”
3-3.2.2 Basis for Establishing Costs.

3-3.2.2.1 Labor. Revise the first paragraph to read as follows:
The cost of labor shall be the actual cost for wages not to exceed prevailing wage
with the add-ons listed herein of workers performing the Extra Work at the time the Extra
Work is done, plus employer payments of payroll taxes, workers compensation
insurance, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship
funds, and other direct costs, resulting from Federal, State, or local laws, as well as
assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements.
3-3.2.2.3 Tool and Equipment Rental. Revise the second paragraph to read as follows:
Any extra work payment involving equipment, regardless of ownership, shall be based
on rates established in “Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates”, including
miscellaneous list, of the State of California, Department of Transportation, in effect on
the date of the Notice Inviting Bids. The latest copy is available at cost from Caltrans
Publications, 1900 Royal Oaks Drive, Sacramento, California 95815 or Caltrans website
http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/construc. Rental rates for equipment not listed in this
publication shall be determined by the Engineer.
3-3.2.3 Markup.
3-3.2.3.1 Work by Contractor. Replace the subsection with the following:
The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor’s costs and shall
constitute the markup for all overhead and profit:
(1) Labor ....................................................... 20%
(2) Materials ....................................................... 15%
(3) Equipment Rental ......................................... 15%
(4) Other Items and Expenditures ...................... 15%
To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this Subsection, 1 percent shall
be added as compensation for bonding and insurance.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
3-3.2.3 Markup.
3-3.2.3.2 Work by Subcontractor. Replace the subsection with the following:
When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, of any tier, the
markup established in 3-3.2.3.1 shall be applied to the Subcontractor’s actual cost of such
work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra
work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted
B-4765
th
portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor.
The markups specified in 3-3.2.3.1 and 3-3.2.3.2 above shall be considered as

including, but not limited to, the Contractor’s labor costs for personnel not working directly
on the “extra work,” including the cost of any tools, equipment, and
supervisors/superintendence that they may use. Such costs shall not be reported as
labor or equipment costs elsewhere except when they are actually used to physically
construct the “extra work.” The Contractor shall then report labor costs for the labor
classification corresponding to the type and nature of “extra work” done.
3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor. Add the following as the first sentence:
The Contractor shall notify the Inspector at the beginning of each day when extra work
is in progress.

3-6 APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF THE PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTIONS 20104
- 20104.6.
In addition to the claim filing procedure specified in contract documents, the following
portions of the public contract code shall also apply. This information is provided for
clarification and does not limit or preclude the applicability of any provision of the public
contract code.
Article 1.5 Resolution of Construction Claims

20104 a) (1) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five
thousand dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a Contractor and
a local agency.
(2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between
a contractor and a public agency when the public agency has elected to
resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1 (commencing with Section
10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2.
b) (1) “Public work” has the same meaning as in Section 3100 and 3106 of the
Civil Code, except that “public work” does not include any work or
improvement contracted for by the State or the Regents of the University
of California.
(2) “Claim” means a separate demand by the Contractor for (A) a time
extension, (B) payment of money or damages arising from work done by
or on behalf of the Contractor pursuant to the contract for a public work
and payment of which is not otherwise expressively provided for or the
claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount, the payment of
which is disputed by the local agency.
c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the
plans or specifications for any work which may give rise to a claim under this
article.
L.A.C.E. d) This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 1991.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 25 OF 157
For any claims subject to this article, the following requirements apply:
20104.2 a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to
substantiate the claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final
payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or
supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing
of claims.
b) (1) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency
shall respond in writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of
the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim,
any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to
defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant.
(2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and
provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local
agency and the claimant.
(3) The local agency’s written response to the claim as further documented
shall be submitted to the claimant within 15 days after receipt of the
further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that
taken by the claimant in production of the additional information,
whichever is greater.
c) (1) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal
to three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local
agency shall respond in writing to all written claims within 60 days of
receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt
of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or
relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the
claimant.
(2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and
provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the
local agency and the claimant.
(3) The local agency’s written response to the claim, as further documented
shall be submitted to the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the
further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that
taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or
requested documentation, whichever is greater.
d) If the claimant disputes the local agency’s written response, or the local
agency fails to respond within the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify
the local agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the local
agency’s response or within 15 days of the local agency’s failure to respond
within the time prescribed respectively, and demand an informal conference
to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand,
the local agency shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days
for settlement of the dispute.
e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion
remains in dispute, the claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1
(commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section
L.A.C.E. 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For
purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 26 OF 157
a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or
her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that the claim is
denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of
time utilized by the meet and confer conference.
f) This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended
nor shall be construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or
actions specified by Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter
2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title of the
Government Code.
The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims subject
to this article:
20104.4 a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days following the filing or responsive
pleadings, the court shall submit the matter to nonbinding mediation unless
waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The mediation process shall
provide for selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third
person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal,
and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the
mediation unless a time requirement is extended upon a good cause
showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to
select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court
to appoint the mediator.
b) (1) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial
arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10)
of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, notwithstanding
Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3)
(commencing with Section 2016 of Chapter 3 of Title 3 Part 4 of the Code
of Civil Procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under this
subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration.
(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the
parties, arbitrators appointed for purposes of this article shall be
experienced in construction law, and upon stipulation of the parties,
mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly
rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and
expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of
arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different
division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid with state or
county funds.
(3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3
of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an
arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not obtain a more
favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under
that chapter, pay the attorney’s fees of the other party arising out of the
trial de novo.
c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate
in the mediation or arbitration process.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
B-4765
th
20104.6 a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is
undisputed except as otherwise provided in the contract.
b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at
the legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin
to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court of law.
SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS
4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP.

4-1.1 General. Replace the word “Engineer” in the first sentence of the second
paragraph with the word “Inspector”.
Add the following words between the words “the” and “Specifications” in the second
sentence of the second paragraph: Plans and
Replace the word “Engineer” in the last sentence of the second paragraph with the word
“Inspector”.
Replace the word “Engineer” in the first sentence of the third paragraph with the word
“Inspector”.
Add the following paragraph:

No product containing asbestos or lead shall be used for any purpose. When
removing asbestos products and other hazardous material, the Contractor shall comply
with the requirements of Title 8, CCR, General Industry Safety Orders and Construction
Safety Orders.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
4-1.2 Protection of Work and Materials. Add the following paragraph:
Precautions shall be taken to insure that stockpiles of aggregates do not become
contaminated with oversize rock, clay, silt or excessive amounts of moisture.
Segregation of the aggregate will not be permitted. Aggregate samples will be taken by
the INSPECTOR from field stockpile locations before the addition of mineral fillers such
as cement or lime to determine the sand equivalent value in accordance with SSPWC
203-5.2. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the Bureau of Contract Administration by noon
of the previous working day when and where the aggregate materials will be delivered.
The aggregate shall be delivered at least one (1) working day prior to incorporation in the
Work. Mineral fillers such as cement, lime or sulfate may be added during application of
the slurry mixture to the CITY streets. The Contractor shall provide suitable facilities for
the asphalt emulsion. Suitable heat shall be provided to maintain the asphalt emulsion
between fifty degrees Fahrenheit and one hundred and thirty degrees Fahrenheit (50°F
– 130°F) (Celsius 10°C – 55°C) temperature range.
B-4765
th
4-1.3 Inspection Requirements.
4-1.3.1 General. Replace the words “the Special Provisions” in the first and second
paragraphs to the following:
the Contract Documents and/or Special Provisions
Add in the first sentence of the first paragraph, between the words “structural concrete,”
and “metal fabrication,” the following:
precast concrete products, concrete and reinforced concrete pipe as defined in
Section 207 and Part 5 of the SSPWC, street lighting poles, pullboxes made of PCC or
other approved materials,
Remove the words “concrete pipe manufacture” from the first paragraph.
Add in the first sentence of the first paragraph, after the words “protective coating
application,” and “and” the following the words:
plastic liner, fiberglass tanks, plastic liner pipe,
Add to the end of the first paragraph the following:

Such inspection shall include mill, plant and shop inspection and approval.
Delete the following from the third sentence of the second paragraph:
for performance testing only
4-1.3.2 Inspection by the Agency. Replace subsection with the following subsection:
When the Contractor intends to purchase materials, fabricated products, or
manufactured equipment from sources located within 50 miles (80 km) of the
geographical limits of the City, the Contractor shall notify the Inspector at least 24 hours
before the scheduled date of tests and/or inspections at all stages of manufacture
specified herein. For private contracts, all cost of inspection at the source, including
salaries and mileage costs, shall be paid by the Permittee.
4-1.3.3 Inspection of Items Not Locally Produced. Replace the fourth

sentence in the first paragraph with the following:
The approved inspector or laboratory shall forward all required reports to the
Inspector.
Add the following at the end of the first paragraph:

The City retains the right to perform inspection or testing at such remote sites with City
personnel. If the City exercises this right, the Contractor will be required to pay for all
costs associated with this inspection and testing, except the Inspectors’ wages.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 29 OF 157
4-1.3.4 Third Party Inspection Requirements.
The Contractor shall obtain written approval from the Inspector for proposed use of
third party inspectors or accredited testing laboratory before the start of production of
materials or fabrication of any product or equipment. The Contractor’s request for
approval of a proposed third party inspection agency and/or accredited testing laboratory
shall be submitted in writing to the Inspector. The Inspector will respond to the
Contractor’s request in writing.
An approved inspection agency /accredited testing laboratory shall not sublet or

assign its work to any other agency and shall take direction from, and be responsible to
the Inspector. The work and activities of the third party inspection agency /accredited
testing laboratory shall be subject to examination and inspection by the Inspector to
ensure strict compliance with the Specifications.
4-1.4 Test of Materials. Add the following after the first sentence of the first paragraph:
For material, products, equipment or process including, but not limited to, all
pulverized miscellaneous base; reinforcement for concrete; controlled low strength
material (CLSM); bituminous materials; all piping products and pipe joint material
excluding irrigation piping; metal products including all metal casting; frames and
covers; treewell coverings; irrigation valve boxes, vaults, MH, pullboxes, and similar
structures, or installations that are installed in sidewalks, parkways, driveways, streets,
and alleys in the public way; paint, protective lining and coating; engineering fabrics;
pavement markers; epoxy adhesive products; temporary trench covers; detectable
warning surface panels; concrete and other decorative pavers or pavings shall be
designed and manufactured in accordance with the Contract Documents and/or the
Special Provisions, applicable code, the SSPWC requirements, the latest version of
Standard Plan S-601, and other related documents, and submitted to the Engineer for
review, testing and approval in advance before they can be produced or installed. The
Contractor shall provide and pay for the testing and approval process.
Replace the third and fourth sentence of the first paragraph with the following:
Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents and/or the Special Provisions,
all material sampling and testing selected from the field and/or the fabrication inspection
shall be performed under the direction of the Engineer and/or the Inspector and be
charged to the project work order or the required testing permit at no expense to the
Agency.
Replace the fourth paragraph with the following:

Testing shall be performed at the City’s materials testing laboratory located at 2319
Dorris Place, Los Angeles, California 90031, telephone (213) 485-2242 or an approved
accredited testing laboratory as indicated in subsection 4-1.3.4.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
4-1.6 Trade Names or Equals. In the last sentence of the second paragraph replace
the words “as provided in the Contract Documents.” with “within 30 days from the Notice
B-4765
th
to Proceed and/or in accordance with section 2-5.3.1.”
Replace the fifth paragraph with the following:

If the Contractor is authorized to substitute an equivalent item or material, it shall be
with the understanding that there will be no increase in contract price due to the
substitution.
If a substitute request by the Contractor is approved by the Engineer and is

subsequently found to be not equal to the specified item or material, the Contractor shall
remove and dispose of the substitute at its expense and shall furnish and install the
specified item or material or approved equal. No additional compensation will be made
to the Contractor for furnishing and installing the specified item or material.
SECTION 5 - UTILITIES
5-1 LOCATION. Add the following to the end of the first sentence of the first paragraph:
For BMP related work, review and approval of the permit or project drawing by the
Utility Owner shall be prerequisite to the Engineer’s approval.

The Contractor, in conformance with Los Angeles City Ordinance No. 150,478 shall
pothole existing subsurface installations carrying unstable substances to determine their
locations and elevations before commencing excavation. The Contractor shall submit
drawings of all subsurface installation and the calculations and details of all utility
supports to the Engineer for review and approval. Submittals shall be prepared by Civil
or Structural Engineer registered in the State of California.
Before commencing any excavation, the Contractor shall obtain an Underground

Service Alert (USA) inquiry I.D. number by calling 1-800-227-2600. Two working days
shall be allowed after the I.D. number is obtained and before the Contractor starts the
excavation work so that utility owners can be notified. If the utility owner is the City of
Los Angeles, a confirmation number indicating the City has been notified shall be
obtained by USA and/or the Contractor from the appropriate City Department. The I.D.
number together with the date acquired shall be reported to the Bureau of Contract
Administration when calling for inspection: Metro, (213) 485-5080; Valley, (818)
374-1188. I.D. numbers will not be given more than 10 days before starting excavation
work.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
5-2 PROTECTION, Add following to the beginning of the sixth paragraph:
Whenever trenches and excavations cannot be completely backfilled or resurfaced
within the work day, they shall be bridged with steel plates to permit an unobstructed flow
of vehicular and pedestrian traffic in accordance with the latest edition of S-601.
B-4765
th
5-4 RELOCATION. Replace the second sentence of the first paragraph with the
following:
Unless it is otherwise specified, when the Plans or Special Provisions indicates that
a utility installation is to be relocated, altered, or constructed or such utility work is
required in the permit work, it shall be the Contractor’s and/or Permittee’s responsibilities
to arrange, coordinate and pay for the utility work.
5-5 DELAYS. Add the following at the end of the 5th paragraph:
Payment to the Contractor for actual loss due to a protracted utility delay shall be
calculated based on actual direct costs of maintaining the Work site and additional
insurance incurred because of the utility delay. No additional markup for profit and
overhead shall be provided.
SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION, PROGRESS, AND ACCEPTANCE OF

THE WORK
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK.

6-1.1 Construction Schedule Replace the first sentence of the first paragraph with the
following:
After notification of the award of the contract and before the start of any work, the
Contractor shall submit its proposed construction schedule to the Engineer and
Inspector for acceptance. The Contractor shall include the milestone dates in the
construction schedule. The construction schedule and any changes to it are subject to
acceptance by the Engineer and the Inspector.
Add the following to the end of the first paragraph:

The Contract Time specified in the Bid Proposal is the City’s best estimate of how
long it will take to complete the Work. If the Contractor elects to submit an early
completion schedule for the Work, it does so at its own risk. Any approved schedule
having an early completion date shall show the time between the early completion date
and the contract completion date as “project float”. If the schedule submittal shows
completion of work more than 30 days in advance of the contract completion date, the
Engineer may, at no cost to the City, decrease the contract duration by issuance of a
Change Order which changes appropriate milestone date(s) and the contract completion
date to the completion date reflected on the schedule. The City will not accept any
responsibility for, nor be held liable for any damages allegedly caused by the
Contractor’s failure to complete the Work within the proposed early completion
schedule.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 32 OF 157
Add the following at the beginning of the second paragraph:
Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall submit an updated construction
schedule monthly to the Engineer for approval. The updated schedule shall include all
revised tabulation, chart or graph, actual start and completion dates for all activities on
the schedule, change of work and schedule previously approved, and the latest contract
completion date.
6-4 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR DEFAULT.

6-4.5 Payment. Add the following at the beginning of the first paragraph:
If the Surety assumes any part of the work, it shall take the Contractor’s place in all
respect for that part, and perform all work in accordance with the contract and shall be
paid by the Agency with the remaining unpaid contract amount.
6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME.

6-6.1 General Replace the first sentence of the second paragraph with the following:
No extension of time will be granted for a delay caused by the Contractor’s inability to
obtain materials when alternate material is also specified and is available. An exception
will be made when the Contractor obtains from the supplier and furnishes to the
Engineer documentary proof that such materials could not be obtained due to
unforeseen events as specified in this section.
6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION.

6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting. Replace the third sentence with the following:
The statement will also indicate the number of calendar days charged during the
reporting period and the number of calendar days of Contract time remaining.
6-8 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY.

6-8.1 Completion. Add the following paragraph:
Upon request of the Contractor to the Inspector for final inspection – Metro: (213)
847-2455 or (213) 847-2456, East Valley: (818) 374-1194, West Valley: (818) 756-9990
– and upon inspection and verification that the Work has been satisfactorily completed
in accordance with the Plans and Specifications as provided herein, including cleanup
as provided in 7-8.1 and punch list items or corrective works or plant establishment
periods as specified in 308-6, or all required Covenant & Agreement Forms as required
for the BMPs work has been filed and recorded with the Los Angeles County Registrar
Recorder; a “Statement of Completion” will be issued to the Contractor. The date of the
“Statement of Completion” shall be the “Completion Date” shown in the schedule.
L.A.C.E.
6-8.2 Acceptance. Add the following paragraphs: INDEX
On Cash Contracts, the improvements shall be placed in service upon issuance of
the “Statement of Completion” unless otherwise provided in the statement. The
th
B-4765 SHEET 33 OF 157
Contractor will then be relieved of its contractual liability for subsequent injury or damage
to persons, property, or the Work, and relieved of the duty to maintain and protect the
Work. In no event however shall the Contractor be relieved of its obligation to have
performed the Work completely and in strict accordance with the Plans and
Specifications.
On Assessment Act Contracts, the Contractor shall maintain and protect the Work
and remain fully liable for injury or damage to persons, property, or the Work until
confirmation of the assessment by the City Council, unless the Contractor has submitted
to the City its written consent authorizing the City to use the improvement before such
confirmation of assessment. Upon receipt of such consent and issuance of the
“Statement of Completion,” the improvement shall be placed in service. The Contractor
will be relieved of the duty to maintain and protect the Work and of its contractual liability
for subsequent injury or damage to persons, property, or the Work, provided however
that in no event shall the Contractor be relieved of its obligation to have performed the
Work completely and in strict accordance with the Plans and Specifications.
On Class B permits, the Permittee, Contractor, or its Surety will be held responsible
for maintaining and protecting the Work until issuance of a “Certificate of Acceptance“
by the City Engineer, as provided in section 62.113 of the Municipal Code, except that
after issuance of the “Statement of Completion” or “Statement of Partial Completion” and
the completed improvements in dedicated areas are placed in service, the Permittee will
be relieved of the duty to maintain and protect such completed improvements resulting
from public use, action of the elements, or other cause not due to the Permittee’s own
operations or negligence. Any dangerous or hazardous condition created by a Permittee
or its Contractor as found and determined by the Inspector, shall immediately be
corrected upon demand by the City. Upon failure to correct as required, the City may
make the correction without further notice to the Permittee-Contractor or its Surety, and
all costs incurred shall be paid by the Permittee-Contractor or its Surety.
On Revocable Permits, the Permittee and its Surety will be held responsible for
maintaining and protecting the work per the requirements as specified on the permit.
6-8.3 Warranty. Add the following paragraph:

The Contractor shall maintain all required insurances including liability and worker’s
compensation insurances during the performance of warranty repair work.
6-10 USE OF IMPROVEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION. Add the following to the

end of second paragraph:
The Contractor shall maintain all required insurances during the performance of
warranty repair work as specified in section 6-8.

6-11 NONCOMPLIANCE WITH PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND SPECIAL
PROVISIONS.
th
B-4765 SHEET 34 OF 157
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
Failure of the Contractor to comply with any requirement of the Plans, Specifications,
and Special Provisions, and to immediately remedy any such noncompliance upon
notice from the Inspector, may result in suspension of contract progress payments on all
items of work. Any progress payments so suspended shall remain in suspension until
the Contractor’s operations are brought into compliance to the satisfaction of the
Inspector. Upon determination by the Inspector that the Contractor is no longer in
noncompliance, progress payments will resume for those items of work that have been
constructed in conformance with the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. No
additional compensation shall be due the Contractor as a result of the suspension of
progress payments due to noncompliance with the Plans and Specifications.
SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR
7-1 THE CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES.

7-1.1 General. Add the following at the end of the first paragraph:
The Contractor shall render its machinery and equipment inoperable at all times
except during actual construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for construction
means, controls, techniques, sequences, procedures, and construction safety.
Replace the first sentence of the second paragraph with the following:
The Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets and a potable water
facility for the use of employees engaged in the Work. Adequate potable water facilities
of an approved type for the use of all persons employed on the Work, shall be provided
and maintained by the Contractor in such manner to be required or approved by the
Inspector. The potable water facility shall be disinfected clean and equipped with sink,
soap, paper towels and maintained clean at all time without nuisances. Contractor shall
provide water supply and required drain system.
7-1.2 Temporary Utility Services. Replace the first paragraph with the following:
Unless specified otherwise in the Contract Documents or the Special Provisions, the
Contractor shall, at their own expense, make all arrangements and means to furnish
temporary utility services for their own use, to maintain and operate all necessary
facilities and equipment, including the field office, and to perform all required testing.
The Contractor shall make and remove all temporary lines, conduits, piping,
connections, concrete foundation, structural supports and etc., backfill all trenches and
repair all paving.
L.A.C.E.
7-2 LABOR INDEX
7-2.1 General. Add the following after the first paragraph:
If any discrepancy or inconsistency should be discovered in this Contract in relation to
any such law, ordinance, Code, order, or regulation, the Contractor shall report the
th
B-4765 SHEET 35 OF 157
same, in writing, to the Engineer. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the
City, and its officers, agents, and employees against all claims or liability arising from
violation of any such law, ordinance, code, order, or regulation, whether by itself or by its
employees or Subcontractors as stated in these Contract Documents. Any particular law
or regulation specified or referred to elsewhere in these specifications shall not in any
way limit the obligation of the Contractor to comply with all other provisions of Federal,
State, and local laws and regulations.

The Contractor shall possess, or obtain upon award, the Business Tax Registration
Certificate(s) required by the Los Angeles City Business Tax Ordinance. The Contractor
shall maintain or obtain as necessary, all such Certificates required of it under said
Ordinance and shall not cause or allow any such Certificate to be revoked or suspended.
The City requires all firms that have business activity within the City of Los Angeles to
pay City business taxes.
Payment for goods or services will be withheld unless proof of tax compliance is
provided to the City. All firms and Individuals that do business with the City will be
required to provide a Business Tax Registration Certificate number or an exemption
number as proof of compliance with the Los Angeles City Business tax requirements to
receive payment for goods or services.
The Tax and Permit Division of the City Office of Finance has the sole authority to
decide whether a firm is covered by business tax requirements.
7-2.2 Prevailing Wages. Add the following paragraphs:

The certified payroll and the Statement of Compliance shall be submitted to the
Inspector by the Contractor and all Subcontractors performing labor on the Work,
regardless of the dollar amount or type of contract.
When the Contractor intends to use a craft or classification not shown in the wage
provisions, it will be required to pay the wage rate of that craft or classification most
closely related to that craft or classification as shown on the wage provisions. In case of
disagreement between the Contractor and the City, the Inspector shall decide the
prevailing wages for the labor.
Any Contract awarded hereunder will require the Contractor to comply with the
provisions of the California Labor Code relating to apprentice employment and training;
and will require the Contractor to assume full responsibility for compliance with said
section with respect to all Apprenticing Occupations involved in the Work. (Compliance
with said Apprentice Utilization provisions of the Labor Code is not required for Public
Works contracts involving less than $30,000 or less than twenty (20) working days in
duration).
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
B-4765
th
7-2.4 Hours of Labor.
Add the following to the end of the first paragraph:
The appropriate wage provisions are shown in the General Instructions and
Information for Bidders of the Bid Proposal.
7-3 INSURANCE.
7-3.1 General. Replace the last sentence of the first paragraph with the following:
The City will not be liable for any accident, loss, or damage to the Work prior to the
time that the Contractor is relieved of responsibility to protect the Work as provided in 6-8
and 6-10 except for certain “Acts of God” in conformance with Section 7105 of the Public
Contract Code. During the course of construction, the Contractor shall secure and
maintain an All Risk Builder's Risk Insurance policy covering loss, damage or destruction
of property, including materials in transit and stored on and off site, in an amount equal to
the value of the construction and materials on hand. An Installation Risk or "Floater"
Policy, written to cover only specific types of equipment during construction, may be
provided to cover damage to Work or high valued equipment or materials. Coverage shall
remain in force until the Work is completed and accepted by the City. Acceptable
evidence of coverage shall be in the form of an endorsement to the policy which names
the City as an Additional Named Insured and as Loss Payee as Its Interest May Appear.
7-3.2 General Liability Insurance. Add after the first sentence of the first paragraph:
The policy shall be conditioned to cover performance of Extra Work should such work
become necessary.
Add before the last paragraph:

The Contractor shall obtain and maintain an additional insurance coverage for
Pollution Liability with limits and requirements set forth in the General Instruction and
Information for Bidders, Part IV of the Proposal or any part of the contract documents.
The limits and requirements for Pollution Liability shall be in an amount sufficient to cover
potential losses from an incident. All costs associated with this additional insurance shall
be included in the prices bid for other related items. However, Contractors will be
required to submit, with their bid, a cost breakdown for the items required to comply with
the “Sewage Spill Prevention and Emergency Response Requirements” in 7-8.5.3.
7-3.3 Workers' Compensation Insurance. Add the following at the end of the last
paragraph:
Should evidence of the renewal or replacement of the policy not be filed with the City
prior to the expiration or cancellation date, the City will stop all work on the project and
no further work shall be performed until new insurance coverage has been obtained by
the Contractor. Such stop order shall not be cause for a time extension to the Contract
duration.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
B-4765
th
7-5 PERMITS. Replace the first and second sentence of the first paragraph with the
following:
Unless specified otherwise, the Agency will obtain, at no cost to the Contractor, plan
approval or design permit necessary for work to be performed in streets, state highways,
railways or other rights of way. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all costs incurred
for the final plan approval and all working permits necessitated for all the installation, its
operation such as, but not limited to, additional permits required for the night work,
hauling, overload, blasting, demolition, tunneling, and street storage.
Add the following at the end of the first paragraph:

Within thirty (30) calendar days after the Notice-to-Proceed Date, the Contractor shall
obtain and pay all costs incurred and submit to the Engineer copies of all permits
required by its operations.
When the Bid Proposal provides an allowance for “Permits,” only certain types of
permits and certain permit fees are reimbursable. The reimbursable permit must be
exclusively for permanent Work shown on the Plans and the reimbursements limited to
the actual permit fee shown on the permit’s receipt. In addition, the allowance for
“Permits” cannot be used for any other costs such as those necessary to physically
obtain the permit. "The allowance for Permits” cannot be used for contractor-designed
items, annual permits, temporary construction, or general permits which could also be
used for other projects.
Add the following after the second paragraph:

Purchases of materials and equipment that will be incorporated or installed
permanently in the Work, or that will be used in the operation of the Contractor or
Subcontractors and not incorporated in the Work are subject to applicable City and State
Sales and Use Taxes.
Purchases of materials and equipment that will be incorporated or installed

permanently in the Work are exempt from applicable Federal excise tax in effect at the
time of purchase. Prices included in the Contract amount shall reflect such exemptions.
On request, a Federal Tax Exemption Certificate will be furnished by the City as
acknowledgment that materials and equipment for which exemption is requested by the
Contractor were provided for the exclusive use of the City. Lists of exempt articles
provided by the Contractor and Subcontractors shall be submitted to the City by the
Contractor. Purchases of materials and equipment that will not be used in the operations
of the Contractor or Subcontractors or not incorporated in the Work are not exempt from
excise tax.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. Add the following at the end of
second paragraph:
Paving of roadway areas shall be withheld until planned utility changes or
installations have been made under City permits and until verifications of completion of
B-4765
th
all such changes or installations have been received by the Bureau of Contract
Administration’s Inspection Dispatcher. The Contractor is responsible for assuring that
the utility companies submit the verifications.
Underground final inspection and acceptance of SS and SD installations shall

precede paving operations.
The Contractor is required to notify affected City offices of work to be done as

specified in Table 7-9(A) and pay for applicable cost.
7-8 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE

7-8.1 General. Add the following to the end of first paragraph:
The Contractor shall prevent foreign matter from entering a sanitary sewer or storm drain
or seeping into surrounding ground, grass or soil.
Add the following two paragraphs after the first paragraph.

The road(s) on the construction site shall be paved immediately after the installation
of planned utilities and the construction and underground/final inspection of SS, SD,
curbs, and gutters. The exit road on the construction site shall be paved first.
Vehicles exiting the construction site shall have all dirt clods and mud removed from
their tires.
7-8.4 Storage of Equipment and Materials.
7-8.4.2 Storage in Public Streets. Add the following to the end of the first paragraph:
The storage method shall be in accordance with the manufacturer specifications. All
seals, labels and instructions shall be intact. A permit from the Street Use Division of the
Bureau of Street Services shall be obtained before any construction materials or
equipment are stored in the public right-of way.

All storage of equipment and materials shall be done under approved pollution
prevention and erosion control plan as required by California Construction Permit Order
No. 2009-009-DWQ.

For projects utilizing asphalt emulsion aggregate slurry, the Contractor shall be fully
responsible for locating and obtaining permission to use stockpile sites. Aggregate may
only be stockpiled on City streets if the Contractor has received a permit from the Street
Use Division of the Bureau of Street Services. Equipment and materials stockpiled on
City streets shall not obstruct pedestrian or vehicular traffic, traffic lines of sight, or
drainage paths.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 39 OF 157
7-8.5 Sanitary Sewers.
7-8.5.2 Sewage Bypass and Pumping Plan. Add the following paragraphs:
Prior to the full operation of the bypass system, the Contractor shall demonstrate, to
the satisfaction of the Engineer and Inspector, that both the primary and backup bypass
systems are fully functional and adequate, and shall certify the same, in writing, to the
Engineer in a manner acceptable to the Engineer.
The Contractor shall provide a temporary means to maintain and handle the sewage
flow in the existing system as required to complete the necessary construction. The
Contractor shall submit the details of the proposed control operations to be used for the
bypass and the proposed schedule of activities to the Engineer for approval in
accordance with 2-5.3. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a detailed bypass plan
to the Engineer for approval by the Engineer and the facility Owner before the bypass is
installed. The Contractor shall size the bypass system to handle the peak flow of the
system. The Contractor shall provide 100% backup of the system. The Contractor shall
use the backup system to mitigate any additional wet weather flows, perform the
necessary maintenance and repairs on the bypass system, and exercise and ensure the
operability of the backup system. Each pump, including backup pumps, shall be a
complete unit with its own suction and discharge pumping. The Contractor shall operate
the backup bypass system for a minimum of 25% of the time on a weekly basis. The
backup bypass system shall be fully installed, operational, and ready for immediate use.
Before full operation of the bypass system, the Contractor shall demonstrate to the
satisfaction of the Engineer and Inspector that both the primary and backup bypass
systems are fully functional and adequate. The Contractor shall certify the same in
writing to the Engineer in a manner acceptable to the Engineer.
The Contractor shall provide one dedicated fuel tank for every pump/generator, if
fuel/generator driven pumps are used. The Contractor shall provide a fuel level indicator
outside each fuel tank.
The Contractor shall continuously (while in use) monitor the fuel level in the tanks and
ensure that the fuel level does not drop below a level equivalent to two hours of
continuous bypass system operation. The Contractor shall take the necessary measures
to ensure the fuel supply is protected against contamination. This includes, but is not
limited to, inspection and maintenance of fuel line water traps and fuel line filters, and
protecting fuel storage from precipitation. If electric power driven pumps are used, the
Contractor shall provide an emergency standby power generator.
The Contractor shall continuously (while in use) monitor the operation of the bypass
system, including exhaust emission and all impacted facilities. The Contractor shall
submit monitoring procedures and frequency as part of the bypass plan. The Contractor
shall maintain a monitoring log in a manner acceptable to the Engineer and Inspector.
The Contractor shall continuously monitor the flow levels downstream and upstream of
the bypass to detect any possible failure that could cause a sewage backup and spill.
The Contractor shall include the means and methods of monitoring the flow in their Spill
Response Plan. The Contractor shall routinely inspect and maintain the bypass system,
B-4765
th
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
including the backup system. The Contractor shall submit maintenance procedures and
frequency as part of its bypass plans. The Contractor shall maintain a log of all pertinent
inspection, maintenance, and repair records in a manner acceptable to the Engineer and
Inspector.
The Contractor shall obtain and maintain an additional insurance coverage for
Pollution Liability with limits and requirements set forth in the General Instruction and
Information for Bidders, Part IV of the Proposal or the Contract Documents. The limits
and requirements for Pollution Liability shall be in an amount sufficient to cover potential
losses from sudden and accidental pollution. All costs associated with the requirements
for “Sewage Spill Prevention and Response Requirements”, including additional
insurance, shall be included in the prices bid for other related bid items.
CONTRACTORS will be required to submit, with their bid, a cost breakdown for the items
required by the “Sewage Spill Prevention and Response Requirements” prior to start of
construction.
All costs associated with sewer bypass requirements shall be included in the Bid Item
“Sewer Bypass System.”
7-8.5.3 Spill Prevention and Emergency Response Plan. Add the following to the
end of the first paragraph:
The Contractor shall observe and comply with the CITY’S policy of “ZERO SPILLS”
and shall be in full charge and be responsible for the Jobsite, the construction Work of this
Contract, and subject to the directions of the ENGINEER or the INSPECTOR. The
Contractor shall observe and comply with all Federal, State, and local laws, ordinances,
codes, orders, and regulations which in any manner affect the conduct of the work,
specifically as it relates to sewage spills. The CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible
for preventing sewage spillage, containing any sewage spillage, recovery and legal
disposal of any spilled sewage, any and all fines, penalties, claims and liability arising
from negligently causing a sewage spillage and any violation of any law, ordinance, code,
order, or regulation as a result of the spillage.
Add the following after the third paragraph:

The Contractor shall exercise care not to damage existing public and private
improvements, interrupt existing services and/or facility operations that may cause a
sewage spill. Any reasonably anticipated utility and/or improvement damaged by the
Contractor shall be immediately repaired at the Contractor’s expense. If construction
operations damage an existing utility or damage or interrupt an existing service resulting
in a sewage spill, the Contractor shall immediately notify the City representatives.
Before the start of construction, the Contractor shall request and obtain from the
Engineer an emergency roster of designated City representatives with their respective
phone numbers, pager numbers, and cellular phone numbers. The Contractor shall take
all measures necessary to prevent further damage or service interruption to an impacted
utility or service. The Contractor is responsible for any resulting sewage spill(s) as stated
in the remainder of this section.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
B-4765
th
Before the start of construction, the Contractor shall develop and submit to the
Engineer, for review and approval, a written Spill Response Plan in accordance with
2-5.3.4. The Spill Response Plan shall be developed to respond to any
construction-related sewage spills. This includes, but is not limited to:
1) Identifying all nearby waterways, channels, catch basins, and entrances to
underground existing storm drains.
2) Furnishing all necessary materials, supplies, tools, equipment, labor, and other
services for spill containment and cleanup.
3) Arranging for an emergency response unit that will be immediately dispatched to
the job site in case of sewage spill(s). The emergency response unit shall
consist of emergency response equipment and personnel trained in its use.
4) Developing and including an emergency notification procedure. The procedure
will include an emergency response roster with telephone numbers and
arrangements for backup personnel and equipment, and an emergency
notification roster of the designated City representatives.
5) Designating a primary and secondary representative and including their
respective phone numbers, pager numbers, and cellular phone numbers in the
emergency response roster. The Contractor representatives shall be accessible
and available at all times to respond immediately to any construction-related
emergencies.
If a sewer bypass is required in the Plans and/or Specifications, or is required to

construct the project, the Contractor is responsible for continuously monitoring the flow
levels downstream and upstream of the construction location. This will allow the
Contractor to make the earliest possible determination of a system failure that may result
in a sewage backup and spill. The Contractor shall include the means and methods of
monitoring the flow in the Spill Response Plan.
In case of a sewage spill, the Contractor shall, without instructions from the City, act
immediately to control the spill and take all appropriate steps to contain it in accordance
with the Spill Response Plan. The Contractor shall immediately notify the City
representatives of the spill and all actions taken. The Contractor shall, within three
working days from the occurrence of the spill, submit to the Engineer a written
confirmation report describing the following information related to the spill:
1) The location on a “Thomas Guide Map.”

2) The nature and volume of the spill.
3) The date and time of the spill.
4) The duration of the spill.
5) The cause of the spill.
6) The type of remedial and/or clean up measures taken and the date and time of
implementation.
7) The corrective and/or preventive action taken to eliminate the possibility of a
recurrence.
8) The water body affected.
9) The results of any necessary monitoring.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
B-4765
th
The Contractor shall assure the validity, accuracy, and correctness of the claim under
penalty of perjury. The Engineer may make or require the Contractor to make further
corrective actions, as deemed necessary, to fully comply with existing law, ordinance,
code, order, or regulation. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs incurred for
the corrective actions.
It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to maintain written safety and emergency

procedures at the job site, including the approved spill response plan, and to ensure that
all field forces, including subcontractors, know and obey all such procedures.
7-8.6 Water Pollution Control.

7-8.6.3 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Replace the section with
the following:
The Contractor shall take adequate precautions to protect channels, storm drains,
and bodies of water from pollution. These precautions shall include conducting and
scheduling operations to minimize or avoid muddying and silting of channels, storm
drains, and bodies of water. Water pollution control work shall also consist of
implementing good housekeeping pollution control measures to reduce the discharge of
pollutants from work sites to the maximum practicable extent. The Contractor is required
to go over schedule and plans in a meeting when rain is forecasted. The Contractor is
responsible to obtain all necessary permits for erosion and water pollution control from
the appropriate jurisdictional agency with a copy of the approved plan sent to the
Engineer before the start of the Work. Such features as drainage gutters, slope
protection blankets, and retention basins shall be constructed concurrently with other
work and at the earliest practicable time. The Contractor shall exercise care to preserve
vegetation and protect property to avoid disturbing area beyond the limits of the Work.
In general, the Contractor shall also:

a) Stockpile erosion control devices on the work site at intervals shown on the
Wet Weather Erosion Control Plan (WWECP). The devices shall be ready to
be placed in position when a chance of rain is forecast or when directed by the
Inspector.
b) Except as otherwise directed by the Inspector, have all erosion control devices
in place at the end of each working day when the forecast of rain probability is
50% or greater and maintain them during the rainy season from October 1 to
April 15.
c) When directed by the Inspector, move or modify temporary erosion control
devices shown on the WWECP that interfere with the Work as the Work
progresses to meet “as graded” conditions.
d) When sewer or storm drain trenches are cut through dikes or basin inlets dikes,
plug the trenches with sandbags from the top of the pipe to the top of the dike.
The sewer lines shall be encased in concrete before the sandbags are placed.
e) Block all utility trenches at the intervals prescribed herein from the bottom to
the top with a double row of sandbags before backfill. Storm and sewer
trenches shall be blocked at the intervals prescribed herein with a double row
of sandbags extending upward, to within two sandbags from the graded
th
B-4765 SHEET 43 OF 157
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
surface of the street. The sandbags are to be placed with alternate header and
stretcher courses. The intervals between sandbag blocking will depend on the
slope of the ground surface, but shall not exceed the following:
Grade of Street Interval

Less than 2% As Required
2% - 4% 100 ft
4% - 10% 50 ft
Over 10% 25 ft
The sandbags shall be removed as the trench backfill is placed and

compacted.
f) After sewer, storm drain, and utility trenches are backfilled and compacted, the
surfaces over the trenches shall be mounded slightly to prevent channeling of
water in the trench area. Care should be exercised to provide for cross flow at
frequent intervals where trenches are not on the centerline of a crowned street.
Final paving of trenches in streets shall conform to the profile and grade of the
existing street.
g) Construct “velocity check dams” across the outlets of all lots draining into the
street.
h) When required, construct “velocity check dams” of sandbags, timber, or other
erosion resistant material approved by the Inspector. The “velocity check
dams” shall extend completely across the street or channel at right angles to
the centerline. Earth dams shall not be used for “velocity check dams.”
“Velocity check dams” shall have a minimum height of 12 inches (4.72 cm).
“Velocity check dams across outlets of all lots shall have a minimum height of
18 inches (7.09 cm). “Velocity check dams” constructed with sandbags that are
18 inches (7.09 cm) shall be constructed with a double row of sand bags.
i) Pump dry and remove all debris and silt from all “Desilting basins” and “velocity
check dams” within 24 hours after each storm and restore them to their original
capacity.
j) Not remove or make inoperative any Retention or Desilting Basins without prior
approval of the Inspector until all surface improvements have been completed.
k) Not remove brush and vegetative ground cover more than 10 ft above any fills
during the rainy season.
l) Grade all fills to promote drainage away from the edges of the fill.
m) When directed by the Inspector, maintain a 12-inch berm along the top of fill
slopes when grading is not in progress.
n) Construct “Desilting” and “Retention” basins as follows:
(1) Outlet and apron:
As described in BMP ESC 36 “Temporary Sediment Basin.”
(2) Dikes:
(a) Shall be compacted to 95% compaction and shall be constructed
under the direct supervision of the Public Works Erosion Control
Inspector.
L.A.C.E.
(b) The placement of spillways and outlet pipes shall be as far as
INDEX
B-4765
th
practicable from inlets.
(c) Basin walls shall not exceed 2:1 slope.
(3) Inlet to basins:
(a) Wall shall be paved with F-AR-2000 asphalt concrete pavement or
constructed with sandbag berms when approved by the Public Works
Erosion Control Inspector.
(b) Slope of inlets shall be equal to or more than the slope of the carrying
surface immediately above the inlet to avoid “silting up” of the inlets.
(4) If a gravity pipe is impracticable, a standby pump shall be provided for each
desilting basin. A guard is to be on continuous duty while the basin
contains water.
(5) Desilting basins required for temporary erosion control shall not be
permitted in street areas unless specifically authorized by the Engineer.
o) Provide a “standby emergency crew” that shall be alerted by the Inspector to
perform emergency work during rainstorms.
p) The Contractor shall designate a qualified person who is trained and
competent in the use of BMPs and shall be on site daily to evaluate the
conditions of the site with respect to storm water pollution prevention.
This person shall:
(1) Implement the conditions of the Water Pollution Control Plan (WPCP)
required BMPs, contract documents and local ordinances with respect to
erosion and sediment control and other waste management regulations.
(2) Be responsible for monitoring the weather, implementing emergency
plans, and supervising the “standby emergency crew.”
(3) Evaluate the effectiveness of the BMPs and modify them as necessary or
as directed by the Inspector to keep the site in compliance.
(4) Routinely check and maintain the BMPs. Inspection of the BMPs shall be
performed before and after storm events and once each 24-hour period
during extended storm events to identify BMP effectiveness and
implement repairs or changes when necessary. After each inspection, an
inspection check list shall be completed and kept with the Storm Water
Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), using the form provided by the State
Water Resources Control Board or the Los Angeles Regional Water
Quality Control Board or a form that contains equivalent information.
(5) Identify a sampling and analysis strategy and sampling schedule for
discharges discovered through visual monitoring to be potentially
contaminated by pollutants not visually detectable in the runoff.
(6) Keep available for review at the Worksite copies of the GCASP and all
other documents incorporated by reference in the SWPPP, including plans
or permits required by local, state, or Federal agencies.
(7) Retain records/copies of:
(a) Data used to complete the Notice of Intent (NOI);
(b) The SWPPP and all attachments and amendments;
(c) Compliance certifications;
(d) Notification of a noncompliance;
(e) Training;
L.A.C.E.
(f) Incidents such as spills or other releases, including photographs as
INDEX
B-4765
th
available;
(g) Sampling and analysis of discharges discovered through visual
monitoring;
(h) All reports required by the GCASP; BMPs, such as good
housekeeping, that have been implemented.
(8) Before the Final Acceptance Date, submit record/copies of all documents
required by the State General Construction Activity Stormwater Permit
(GCASP), including but not limited to the records/copies of the documents
noted in (7).
q) Educate all subcontractors and employees about storm water pollution and
mitigation measures needed during various construction activities to prevent
the impact of construction discharges.
r) Insure that all personnel are trained in basic urban runoff management. A log
of the attendees and the educational materials shall be included in the
SWPPP.
Work sites with less than 1 acre of disturbed soil:

For work sites with less than 1 acre of disturbed soil, the Contractor shall implement
the following water pollution control measures:
a) Minimum Water Quality Protection Requirements:
(1) Eroded sediments and other pollutants must be retained on site and may
not be transported from the site via sheet flow, swales, area drains, natural
drainage, or wind. Erosion from slopes and channels shall be controlled
by implementing an effective combination of BMPs, such as limiting
grading scheduled during the rainy season, planting and maintaining
vegetation on slopes, and covering erosion susceptible slopes.
(2) Stockpiles of earth and other work-related materials must be protected
from being transported off-site by wind or water.
(3) Fuels, oils, solvents, and other toxic substances shall be stored in
accordance with the manufacturers’ instructions. All toxic storage
containers shall be protected from the weather. Fuels, oils, solvents, and
other toxic substances originating from the Contractor’s operations shall
not be allowed to contaminate the soil or surface waters, or enter the
ground water, or be placed where they will enter a live stream, channel,
drain, or other water conveyance facility. Spills shall not be washed into
live streams, channels, drains, or other water conveyance facilities.
(4) The Contractor must not wash excess or waste concrete into the public
way or any drainage system. Provisions shall be made to retain concrete
waste onsite until it can be appropriately disposed of or recycled.
(5) Trash and construction-related solid wastes must be deposited into a
covered receptacle to prevent contamination of rainwater and dispersal by
wind.
(6) Vehicle traffic shall not track sediments and other materials from the work
site. The Contractor must stabilize the entrance roadways to the work site
to inhibit sediments from being deposited into the public ways. Accidental
deposition must be swept up immediately and may not be washed down by
L.A.C.E.
rain or by any other means. All loose soil and debris shall be removed from
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 46 OF 157
street areas upon starting operations and periodically thereafter as
directed by the Inspector.
(7) Non-stormwater runoff from equipment and vehicle washing and any other
activity shall be contained at the work site.
(8) The Contractor shall protect all new and existing storm drain system
structures from sedimentation and concrete rinse, or other
construction-related debris and discharges with gravel bags and filter
fabric or by any other equal product approved by the Engineer.
Accumulated debris shall be cleaned up and properly disposed of by the
Contractor to prevent the materials from entering or being carried into
stormwater conveyances.
(9) After the completion of the Work, the work site shall be cleared of debris
and restored to a condition equal to or better than that existing before
construction.
b) Wet Weather Erosion Control Plan
Whenever it appears that the work site will have grading during the rainy season
(from October 1 to April 15), the Contractor shall submit a WWECP to the Engineer
for approval within 30 days after execution of the contract or get approval 30 days
before the beginning of the rainy season, whichever is longer. Guidance in
preparing the WWECP can be found in the Development Best Management
Practices Handbook - Part A, Construction Activities adopted by the Board of Public
Works, as authorized by Section 64.72 of the LAMC. This handbook can be
obtained, at cost, at the public/permit counters of the Bureau of Engineering or on
the Internet at:
http://www.lastormwater.org/WPD/download/pdfs/tech_docs/PartA_2nd_Edition/consbmp_intro.pdf.
The WWECP shall include the following:
a) Provisions for “velocity check dams” at all unpaved streets at the following
intervals:
Grade of Street Interval

Less than 2% As Required
2% - 4% 100 ft
4% - 10% 50 ft
Over 10% 25 ft
b) Provisions for “velocity check dams” in all unpaved graded channels at the
intervals indicated below:
Grade of Channel Interval

Less than 3% 100 ft
L.A.C.E.
3% - 6% 50 ft
Over 10% 25 ft INDEX
c) Provisions requiring that all “Desilting basins” built on lots next to dwellings be
B-4765
th
completely lined with F-PG 58-16 asphalt concrete pavement or gunite.
d) The sizes of “Desilting basins” and “weirs” shall have the capacity to serve the
affected watershed.
e) Provisions that all spillways from basins be paved to existing paved streets,
existing storm drain catch basins or other approved watercourses.
f) Provisions that require all cut and fill slopes greater than 1 vertical to 3
horizontal be covered with 10 mil plastic sheeting held in place with sandbags,
unless planted or hydro-seeded.
g) Show where concrete wash out, vehicle maintenance, staging, and storage
areas will be located. Also, show pollutant control measures to be used to keep
construction waste in these designated areas, including measures to reduce
the tracking of sediment onto public and private roads.
Worksites of 1 acre or more of disturbed soil:

The Contractor shall apply for coverage under the GCASP (NPDES No. CA000002)
by filing an NOI with the State (of California) Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB)
for any work sites that have 1 acre or more of disturbed soil. The Contractor shall comply
with all of the requirements of the GCASP, including the preparation and implementation
of a SWPPP. The Contractor shall file the NOI and prepare the SWPPP before the start
of construction. The Contractor shall also comply with all of the preceding requirements
of this Subsection.
The SWPPP document for Work done under permit shall include the following
information:
a) The name, location, period of construction, and a brief description of the Work.
b) Contact information for the Contractor, including name, address, and telephone
number.
c) Name, location, and description of any environmentally sensitive areas on or
adjoining the project.
d) A list of major construction materials, waste, and activities.
e) A list of BMPs to be used to control pollutant discharge from major construction
materials, waste and activities. The description of erosion control practices
shall account for site-specific and seasonal conditions in the selection and
Implementation of the appropriate BMPs. The description shall include a BMP
maintenance schedule. The description of erosion control practices
supersedes the requirement for a WWECP.
f) The rationale used for selecting or rejecting BMPs.
g) A site plan (a copy of the plans may be used) indicating the location of the
BMPs where appropriate.
The SWPPP document for publicly financed Work shall include the following
information:
a) A list of major construction materials, waste, and activities.
b) A list of BMPs to be used to control pollutant discharge from major construction
materials, waste, and activities. The description of erosion control practices
L.A.C.E. shall account for site-specific and seasonal conditions in the selection and
implementation of the appropriate BMPs. The description shall include a BMP
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 48 OF 157
maintenance schedule. The description of erosion control practices
supersedes the requirement for a WWECP.
c) A site plan (a copy of the plans may be used) showing the location of the BMPs
where appropriate.
After the Completion Date the Contractor shall submit a Notice of Termination to
the SWRCB.
As part of the implementation of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan

(SWPPP), the Contractor shall:
a) Certify by July 1 of each year that construction activities are in compliance with
the State General Construction Activity Stormwater Permit (GCASP) and
SWPPP.
b) If the Contractor cannot certify compliance, and/or has had other instances of
noncompliance without exceeding water quality standards, the Contractor shall
submit notifications of noncompliance to the RWQCB within 30 calendar days
of identification of noncompliance.
c) Amend the SWPPP as needed. The Contractor shall sign and date all
amendments, attach them directly to the SWPPP, and submit copies of all
amendments to the Inspector.
d) If the Contractor, SWRCB, or RWQCB determines that stormwater discharges
and/or authorized non-stormwater discharges are causing or contributing to an
exceedance of an applicable water quality standard, the Contractor shall
implement corrective measures immediately and notify the RWQCB as soon as
possible but no later than 48 hours after discovering the discharges. Unless
otherwise directed by the RWQCB, follow up the notification with a report within
14 calendar days to the RWQCB. The report must describe: (1) the nature and
cause of the water quality standard exceedance; (2) the BMPs currently being
implemented; (3) any additional BMPs which will be implemented to prevent or
reduce pollutants that are causing or contributing to the exceedance of water
quality standards; (4) any maintenance or repair of BMPs; (5) an
implementation schedule for corrective actions; and, (6) a description of actions
taken to reduce the pollutants causing or contributing to the exceedance.
When the Contractor is required to get any type of permit from the Department of
Building and Safety, the Contractor shall show a Waste Discharge Identification Number
(WDID) number to the Department of Building and Safety as proof of filing of the NOI. If
the Contractor does not need any type of permit from the Department of Building and
Safety, the Contractor shall show the WDID to the Inspector before the start of
construction. At least one copy of the approved SWPPP shall be kept at the construction
site and accessible to the Inspector. Guidance on the preparation of the GCASP, NOI,
and the SWPPP is available in the “Construction Handbook” published by the California
Storm Water Quality Association (CASQA) that can be downloaded from the CASQA
web site at http://www.cabmphandbooks.com.
The Contractor shall also conform to the following provisions with respect to water
pollution control when working in live streams:
th
B-4765 SHEET 49 OF 157
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
a) Where working areas encroach on live streams, the Contractor shall construct
barriers or provide other means to prevent muddying or polluting such streams.
b) Removal of materials from beneath a flowing stream shall not be started until
adequate means, such as a bypass channel around the removal operations,
are provided to carry the stream free from mud or silt.
c) Should the Contractor’s operations require transportation of materials across
live streams, such operations shall be conducted without muddying the stream.
Mechanized equipment shall not be operated in the stream channels of such
live streams, except as may be necessary in the opinion of the Engineer. The
Engineer will judge such work to be necessary only if construction cannot be
done reasonably using other means or methods.
d) Fresh Portland cement or fresh Portland cement concrete shall not be allowed
to enter the flowing water in streams, channels, or drains.
e) Material derived from the Work shall not be deposited in a live stream channel.
The Contractor shall make every effort to comply with the provisions of this
Subsection. However, should the Contractor violate any of the provisions of this
Subsection, or if pollution occurs in the work area for any reason, the Contractor shall
immediately notify the Inspector. In addition the Contractor shall, within 7 days, submit
written confirmation to the Engineer describing the incident and corrective actions taken.
If pollution, for whatever reason, is detected by the Inspector/Engineer before notification
by the Contractor, the required written confirmation shall also include an explanation of
the Contractor’s failure to notify the Inspector.
The City may make or require the Contractor to make further corrective actions, as
deemed necessary, for abatement of water pollution if the Contractor has violated any
of the provisions of this Subsection. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs
incurred for the corrective actions. Failure to comply with the requirements of this
Subsection may result in the suspension of work per 6-3. Failure may also result in
significant fines and possible imprisonment. The LARWQCB or other prosecuting
authority may assess fines of up to $32,500 per day for each violation. The Contractor
shall also reimburse the City for any fines assessed against and paid by the City and that
are the result of the Contractor’s failure to comply with these specifications.
Compliance with the requirements of this Subsection shall in no way relieve the
Contractor from responsibility to comply with other provisions of the Contract, in
particular its responsibility for repair of damage and for preservation of property.
All costs for work required to comply with the requirements of this Subsection shall
be included in the bid item for “Water Pollution Control.” If no bid item is provided, the
cost of the work required to comply with this Subsection shall be considered as included
in the prices bid for the various items of work.

7-8.7 Drainage Control. L.A.C.E.
INDEX
B-4765
th
The Contractor shall ensure that storm and drainage water does not pond due to
the temporary blockage of existing drainage facilities. To this end, the Contractor shall
provide temporary works that allow for the passage of storm and drainage water in a
manner equivalent to the existing drainage system. The Contractor shall maintain
drainage within and through the work areas. Earth dams will not be permitted in paved
areas. Temporary dams of sandbags, asphaltic concrete, or other acceptable material will
be permitted when necessary. Such dams shall be removed from the site as soon as their
use is no longer necessary.

7-8.8 Graffiti Control.
Throughout all phases of work, including suspension of work, and until final
acceptance, the Contractor shall keep all equipment, field offices, storage facilities,
fences, signs, and other facilities free of graffiti. Graffiti shall be painted over with paint
matching existing paint color, masked, or cleaned off within 24 hours after notification by
the Inspector.

7-8.9 Odor Control.
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment required and shall
carry out effective measures whenever and as often as necessary to prevent the
discharge of a nuisance odor from its operation into the atmosphere in such quantity as
will violate the regulations of any legal constituted authority. During construction, the
Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the Inspector at least 48 hours in advance when
potential odor-causing activities are scheduled for construction.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
7-8.10 Vermin Control.
At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the Contract shall be
free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be
arranged and paid for by the CONTRACTOR as part of the work within the contract time,
and shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of
governing authorities. The CONTRACTOR shall be liable for injury to persons or
property and responsible for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from
extermination operations.
7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS.

Add the following before the first paragraph:
Except as may otherwise be provided in specific instances, nothing in the Contract
or any permit shall be construed as vesting in the Contractor any property rights in any
material, article, or structure existing at the time of award of the Contract within the area
in which the Work is to be done, other than those items indicated for removal in the Plans
or Specifications. The Contractor shall not have any property rights in any material or
th
B-4765 SHEET 51 OF 157
article subsequently furnished for the Work by the Contractor after having been
accounted for on an approved estimate supporting the Contractor’s demand for
payment, as provided in 9-3 PAYMENT. In the latter event, any such material, article,
structure, or work shall become the property of the City after being accounted for.
Revise the first sentence of the second paragraph as follows:

The Contractor shall repair or replace all existing improvements within the
right-of-way that are not designated for removal (e.g., curbs, sidewalks, driveways,
fences, walls, signs, utility installations, pavement, structures, traffic striping, pavement
markings, irrigation system, etc.) which are damaged or removed because of its
operations.

The Contractor shall protect and maintain all existing traffic warning, regulatory and
guide signs, street name signs (both of the intersection and advance types), and signal
equipment, including those temporary control devices that may be required by the Work.
The Contractor shall notify the appropriate District Transportation Engineer of any signs
maintained by LADOT that will interfere with the completion of its work that cannot be
properly protected. LADOT will move the signs at no expense to the Contractor except
for Class “A” and “B” permits, in which case the Permittee shall bear said expenses as
required by section 62.110 of the Los Angeles Municipal Code. The Contractor shall
bear the cost of LADOT’s installation of all signs necessary to the traffic operation of the
completed improvements that are in place at the start of construction and are missing or
damaged upon the completion of the work.
The Contractor shall protect and maintain all existing parking meters and post-
mounted signs. The Contractor shall notify the Parking Meter Maintenance Shop at
(213) 485-2273 of any parking meters or post-mounted signs maintained by LADOT that
will interfere with the completion of its work. The notification shall be given 10 days
before the parking meters and post-mounted signs need to be removed. The LADOT will
remove or reinstall parking meters and post-mounted signs at the appropriate times.
The Department will move parking meters and post mounted signs at no expense to the
Contractor, except for Class “A” and “B” permits, in which case the Permittee shall bear
said expenses as required by Section 62.110 of the Los Angeles Municipal Code. The
Contractor shall bear the costs for any parking meters and post-mounted signs that are
missing or damaged upon the completion of the work.
The Contractor shall protect all existing traffic signal equipment and interconnect
systems, including any existing Automated Traffic Surveillance and Control (ATSAC)
system. This may be achieved by installing temporary facilities, which may include
overhead spans of fiber optic communication cables and signal conductors, and any
equipment necessary to maintain such facilities. The temporary facilities are expressly
to maintain normal traffic and interconnect operations. If temporary facilities are
installed, the Contractor shall maintain the facilities until restoration of permanent traffic
signals and interconnect systems is complete. At no time during the construction period
is the traffic signal system to be “off-line” from the ATSAC system. A civil engineer,
B-4765
th
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
registered in the State of California, shall design all Temporary and Restoration Traffic
Signal plans. These plans are also subject to approval by LADOT before
implementation.
The Contractor shall maintain all existing traffic signal loop detectors. In case of
damage to existing loop detectors, the ATSAC Project Engineer shall be notified and
repairs made within 24 hours. If the Contractor fails to make repairs, any work done by
City forces to restore the operation of damaged loop detectors will be at the Contractor’s
expense.
The Contractor is required to notify affected City offices of work to be done as

specified in the following Table 7-9(A) and pay for applicable cost:
TABLE 7-9(A)
Office of LADOT Cost to be Required Notice
Item
to be notified*** borne by (working days)
Traffic Signal Inspector:
Central Area: (213) 485-1071
Work on signal - Western Area: (213) 485-6834
controlled intersection Valley Area: (818) 756-7852
ATSAC Project Engineer: Contractor 3
(213) 978-0011
Signal Superintendent
Traffic Signal and
Daytime: (213) 473-8465
Interconnect damage
After Hours: (818) 752-5112
Parking Meter Supervisor:
Parking meter damage Immediate
(213) 485-2273
Parking meter removal Parking Meter Planning Supervisor:
City** 10
and replacement** (213) 473-8270
Scheduling: (213) 928-9603
Material and labor by
Sign/Striping: (213) 928-9603 City** 10
LADOT
Signal: (213) 928-9620
Placement of temporary Special Traffic Control Section:
Contractor 5
“No Parking” signs (213) 485-2298
Traffic Sign removal,
relocation and City** 5
replacement Appropriate District Transportation
Parking restrictions, Engineer*
changes relating to Central District: (213) 972-4990 10
temporary striping Hollywood-Wilshire District:
Final traffic striping and (323)845-9835 5
pavement marking East Valley District: (818) 374-4688
Temporary Traffic Contractor
West Valley District: (818)756-8784 30
Control Plan Western District: (310) 575-8138
Temporary striping Southern District: (310)732-4599 2
installation mark out
Offsite Detour Signs 5
* For B-Permit projects, notify Citywide Investigations, (213) 928-9612.
** On A and B-Permit projects, the costs shall be charged to the Permittee as required by Section 62.110
of the Los Angeles Municipal Code.
***Verify the office hours of each office after the Notice To Proceed. L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 53 OF 157
Add the following to the end of fourth paragraph:
When existing planted areas are regraded or removed and replaced because of the
Contractor’s operations, the soil in these areas shall be adequately prepared and the
area replanted in kind. All materials shall conform to 212 - LANDSCAPE AND
IRRIGATION MATERIALS. Soil preparation, planting, and plant maintenance during the
establishment period shall conform to 308 - LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION
INSTALLATION. If the existing topsoil in the planted areas cannot be reused, the
Contractor shall use Class A or Class B topsoil at no additional cost to the City. The soil
for ground cover and lawn areas shall be conditioned by mixing 30 lbs. per 1000 sq. ft of
8-8-4 commercial fertilizer with the top 6 in of soil. The Contractor shall provide Type 5
mulch for ground cover and Type 1 or 2 for lawn areas.
Unless otherwise specified on the plan, for unplanted parkway areas, the upper 8 in of
all topsoil shall be Class C.
7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY.

7-10.1 Access.
7-10.1.1 General. Add the following after the first sentence of the first paragraph:
The Contractor shall comply with the Mayor’s Executive Directive No.2 entitled “Rush
Hour Construction on City Streets” as described in BOE Special Order SO 01-0406.
During the holiday season within the period from November 15 to January 2, the
Contractor shall comply with the latest BOE Notice titled “Holiday Season Street Closure
Restrictions”.

At least 10 days before the start of construction, the Contractor shall notify, in writing,
abutting property occupants of the proposed construction start date. A copy of said
written notification shall be provided to the Inspector for approval before distribution to the
occupants of the abutting property.
The Contractor shall notify the MTA Superintendent of Transportation Services office
at (213) 922-4646 at least 72 hours before any work that will affect normal bus operations.
7-10.1.2 Vehicular Access. Add the following to the end of the first paragraph:
Work shall be performed in only one-half of the roadway at one time unless specified
otherwise in the Contract Drawings or Special Provisions. One-half of the roadway shall
be kept open and unobstructed until the opposite side is ready for use by traffic. The
Contractor shall phase construction operations so as to maintain the specified traffic
lanes on the existing pavement until sufficient new pavement is constructed to
accommodate the traffic requirements. If the Contractor is only improving one-half of a
street, a smooth, even surface and a condition satisfactory for traffic shall be maintained
on the other one-half.
Where no pavement exists in a roadway and traffic is to be maintained through the

worksite, the Contractor shall conduct its operations in a manner to provide a smooth,
B-4765
th
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
even surface satisfactory for traffic.
The Contractor shall neither park nor store equipment at a religious facility during its
Sabbath days.
7-10.1.3 Pedestrian Access. Add the following to the end of first paragraph:
If required by the construction, the Contractor may close only one crosswalk at a time at
intersections having four crosswalks. If construction requires closure of two or more
crosswalks at an intersection, the Contractor shall obtain LADOT approval before
implementation of the closure. LADOT approval is required before closing of any
crosswalk at intersections having fewer than four crosswalks.
7-10.2 Work Area Traffic Control.

7-10.2.1 General. Add the following after the first paragraph:
Unless specified otherwise, the Contractor shall install advance construction notice
signs per Standard Plan S-791 not less than seven (7) days before the start of
construction. The Contractor shall maintain the signs for the duration of construction,
removing them only after the completion date. All costs incurred in furnishing, installing,
maintaining and removing the signs shall be included in other items for which bids are
entered.
7-10.2.2 Traffic Control Plan (TCP). Add the following to the end of the last paragraph:
The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the latest adopted edition of the
“Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH),” or the LADOT Worksite Traffic Control
Plan (S-488). The WATCH can be obtained from Building News, Inc., 10801 National
Blvd., Los Angeles, CA 90064, (800) 873-6397 and the LADOT Worksite Traffic Control
Plan is available from LADOT, 221 N. Figueroa Street, Suite 500, Los Angeles California
90012.
The WATCH is intended to be used for temporary traffic control. No temporary traffic
lane or street closure using the WATCH shall exceed 72 hours. For traffic lane or street
closure exceeding 72 hours, a LADOT preapproved traffic control plan shall be provided.
Unless the Special Provisions indicate that traffic control is to be provided by the City, the
Contractor shall provide the traffic control. The Contractor shall submit a traffic control
plan per 2-5.3.4 for approval by the City when so specified in the Special Provisions or the
Construction Permit. When the traffic control plan is included in the Contract Plans, the
Contractor is relieved of this submittal requirement. Traffic control activities and
milestones shall be shown as activities on the Contractor’s construction schedule per 6-1.
The traffic control plans shall be prepared and stamped by a Civil or Traffic Engineer
registered by the State of California.
A street with local traffic that crosses a street in which work is being done may be
closed to traffic, provided the adjacent cross streets are kept open. The Contractor shall
notify the Police and Fire Departments whenever such a street is to be closed to traffic,
th
B-4765 SHEET 55 OF 157
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
but the 48-hour requirement is waived. For a closure of long duration, a single notification
by phone to each department the last working day before the closure will suffice. A
similar notification shall then be made at the time the street is again opened to traffic. If
the closure is of short duration or different sections of the street are to be closed at
different times, the Contractor shall notify the Police and Fire Departments on a daily
basis. The notification shall give information regarding the conditions expected to prevail
on the next working day. The Contractor shall notify the Inspector which streets are to be
closed, duration of closures, and person(s) and telephone numbers contacted in the Fire
and Police Departments.
All signs, including offsite detour signs, lights, or devices installed by the Contractor
shall be approved by LADOT before use. Offsite detour signs shall be installed,
maintained, and removed by the Contractor. “No Parking” signs shall be posted and
removed only by LADOT upon request from the Contractor. LADOT will charge and
collect its actual cost for each temporary sign installed and for each sign replaced during
the authorized period. To be enforceable, temporary “No Parking” signs shall be installed
by LADOT 24 hours before the time when needed. Their removal by LADOT shall take
place as the work progresses to restore parking spaces. See Table 7-9(A).
The name and phone number of the Contractor’s “Safety Coordinator” and “Traffic
Control Devices Maintenance Monitor” shall be provided to the Inspector and Engineer
before the start of construction. The Contractor’s “Safety Coordinator” shall be available
at any time from the start of construction to the Completion Date and also perform in
accordance with 7-10.4.6. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Inspector and
Engineer of any change in assigned personnel or phone numbers.
The following are general work area traffic control requirements:

1) The Contractor shall be responsible for the installation and maintenance of the
traffic control devices shown in the WATCH or the Worksite Traffic Control Plan
and any additional traffic control devices required by the City to insure the safety
of the public and the workers.
2) The Contractor shall ensure that all traffic control devices are kept in their proper
position at all times and repaired, replaced, and cleaned as necessary to preserve
their appearance and continuity.
3) The City reserves the right to observe the traffic control plan in use and to make
any changes required by field conditions. The changes will be made in
accordance with 3-2.
4) All temporary traffic control devices shall be removed following completion of
each construction stage and the permanent traffic control devices shall be
restored by the Contractor by the Completion Date.
5) The Contractor shall notify the LADOT Construction Traffic Management
Engineer at (213) 485-2610) and the affected transit companies five (5) working
days prior to the start of construction if relocation of a bus stop(s) is required. This
notification is also required when a canopy is installed and the relocation of the
bus stop is required.
L.A.C.E. 6) The Contractor shall call LADOT Special Traffic Controls Engineer at (213)
485-2298 five days before the start of the Work for installation of temporary
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 56 OF 157
stopping prohibition signs and/or covering of parking meter heads.
7-10.2.3 Payment. Replace with the following:

All costs for work required to comply with the requirements of this Subsection shall be
included in the bid item for “Work Area Traffic Control.” If no bid item is provided, the cost
of work required to comply with this Subsection shall be considered as included in the
prices bid for the various items of work.
7-10.4 Safety.
7-10.4.2 Safety Orders.
7-10.4.2.1 General. Add the following to the end of the first paragraph:
The Contractor shall establish, implement and maintain an effective Injury and Illness
Prevention Program and give Safety Instructions for the employees. The Contractor shall
provide all safety measures necessary to protect the public and workers within the Work
area. Particular attention is directed to the possibility of children playing or going to or
from school in the Work area. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to
ensure that its operations will not create a safety hazard for children. The Contractor shall
immediately report any accident or injury to the Engineer and the Inspector.
7-10.4.2.2 Shoring Plan. Replace the second sentence of the first paragraph with the
following:
Working Drawing (Shoring Plan) shall be prepared by a Civil or Structural Engineer
registered in the State of California except for working drawings for trench shoring up to
10 feet in depth that do not vary from the shoring system standards established by the
Construction Safety Orders of the State Division of Industrial Safety.
7-10.4.5 Confined Spaces.

7-10.4.5.1 Confined Space Entry Program (CSEP). Add the following:
The Inspector will provide a competent person trench/excavation certification form to
the Contractor. It shall be completely filled out before any worker is allowed access to any
trench or excavation, and returned to the Inspector before the end of the first working day.
The Contractor shall certify by this form the name of the competent person administering
the Work, the soil classification, and the type of excavation protective system provided
and/or installed.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
7-10.4.6 Agency worker protection. The Contractor shall provide safety equipment,
material, and assistance to Agency personnel to properly inspect all phases of the Work,
including final inspection. Such equipment, material, and assistance shall include, but not
be limited to testing for the presence of explosive or toxic gases and oxygen deficiency in
confined spaces, blowers, ventilators, first aid supplies and equipment, ladders,
scaffolds, shoring, harnesses, self-contained breathing apparatus, and personnel for
B-4765
th
standby assistance, as required. For equipment requiring proper training and
certification, such as the self-contained breathing apparatus or suspended hoist or
scaffolding equipment, the Contractor shall provide training to Agency personnel without
additional cost. Personal protective equipment and clothing, such as hard hats, safety
glasses, traffic vests and earplugs are not subject to these provisions. When asbestos is
being removed, the requirements of the CCR, Title 8, Div. 1, Chapter 4, Subchapter 4,
“Construction Safety Orders,” and Subchapter 7, “General Industry Safety Orders,” shall
be implemented.
In all cases involving exposure of City Agency personnel to toxic/hazardous materials

and/or elements, the City of Los Angeles’ Personnel Department, Risk Management and
Safety Division, Workplace Safety Section, shall have field review authority over the
Contractor’s operations.

7-10.4.7 Project Safety Coordinator. The Contractor shall designate in writing a Project
Safety Coordinator who shall be at the jobsite at all times, and who shall be thoroughly
familiar with the Contractor’s Injury and Illness Prevention Program (IIPP), Code of Safe
Practices (CSP) and general work area traffic safety and control as specified in 7-10.3.
The Project Safety Coordinator shall be available at all times to abate any potential safety
hazards and shall have the authority and responsibility to shut down an operation, if
necessary. Failure by the Contractor to provide the required Project Safety Coordinator
shall be grounds for the City to direct the cessation of all work activities and operations at
no cost to the Agency until such time as the Contractor is in compliance.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
7-10.5 Security and protective devices.
7-10.5.2 Security Fencing. Replace the first two sentences of the first paragraph with
the following:
The Contractor shall completely fence excavations to the satisfaction of the Inspector to
provide protection against anyone falling into the excavation. The fencing shall be in
place at all times, unless workers are present and actual construction operations are in
progress. The fencing material shall be chain link fabric or welded wire fabric
(6x6–W9xW9 minimum) and 5 ft high, constructed according to 304-3.5. All costs for
installing and removing fencing shall be considered as included in the prices in the Bid for
the various items of work.
7-13 LAW TO BE OBSERVED. Replace the last sentence with the following sentence:
The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with such laws, ordinances, and
regulations, even though such requirements may not be specifically mentioned in the
Specifications or shown on the Plans.
Add the following paragraph to this subsection:

If the Contractor believes that any part of the Contract Documents does not comply
with State and Federal laws and County and City ordinances and regulations, the
th
B-4765 SHEET 58 OF 157
Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing. Until the Engineer issues written
instructions, the Contractor shall not proceed with the affected work items. If the
Contractor does proceed with the work items without written instruction from the
Engineer, the Contractor shall bear the costs and impacts of any corrective work.

7-15 AUDITS AND RECORDS. The Contractor shall maintain all data and records
pertinent to the Work performed under the Contract, following generally accepted
accounting principles. The Contractor shall also preserve and make available all data
and records until the expiration of four (4) years from the date of final payment under the
Contract. The authorized representative of the City shall have access to all such data and
records for such time periods to inspect, audit, and make copies thereof during normal
business hours. The Contractor shall covenant and agree that it shall require any
subcontractor used in the performance of the Contract to permit the authorized
representatives of the City to similarly inspect and audit all data and records of said
subcontractors relating to the performance of said subcontractors under Contract for the
same period.
SECTION 8 – FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL
8-1 GENERAL. Replace the second paragraph with the following:

A Class “A” Field Office in accordance with 8-2.1 shall be provided at any offsite plant
facility furnishing pipe or reinforced concrete products subject to Agency inspection
during manufacture. The field office will not be required for facilities that manufacture dry
cast pull boxes in accordance with the Standard Plans. Any other facilities for Agency
personnel shall be provided only when required by the Specifications.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
8-2 FIELD OFFICE FACILITIES.
8-2.1 Class “A” Field Office. Add the following to the end of the subsection:
Provide three operational telephone lines and outlets and one touch tone telephone.
8-2.2 Class “B” Field Office. Add the following to the end of the subsection:
Provide three operational telephone lines and outlets and one touch tone telephone.
8-2.3 Class “C” Field Office. Replace the last sentence of the first paragraph with the
following:
Unless otherwise specified, provide air conditioning in accordance with 8-2.1 and
chemical toilet facility. Provide three operational telephone lines and outlets and one
touch tone telephone.
B-4765
th
8-4 BATHHOUSE FACILITIES. Add the following to the list of facilities:
10. Mirror with stainless steel frame.
11. Napkin disposal.
12. Shower rod and shower curtain.
8-6 BASIS OF PAYMENT. Add the following at the end of the subsection:
Payment for Office facilities will be made as follows: 25% when completely installed,
and 75% prorated over the remainder of the Contract duration.
SECTION 9 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
9-3 PAYMENT.
9-3.1 General. Add the following at the end of the second paragraph:
When an item of Work is not listed in the “Schedule of Work and Prices” in the Bid
Proposal, the cost of such Work shall be considered to be included in the cost of the other
Work that is listed.
9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. Replace the third paragraph with the following:
From each progress payment, 5 percent will be deducted and retained by the Agency.
The Agency will withhold 5 percent of the total Contract amount until acceptance of the
performance of the Contract by the Board.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
9-3.4 Mobilization. Add this paragraph at the end of the subsection:
Mobilization shall consist of preparatory work and operations, including but not limited
to those necessary for movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to
the work site, and for all other work and operations that must be performed or costs
incurred before beginning work on the various Contract items on the work site. Payment
for mobilization shall be limited to these items.
The Contractor shall submit to the Inspector for approval a breakdown of the amount
established for mobilization. The payment for each item of mobilization will not be made
until that item of mobilization has been completed and as specified as follows:
When the monthly partial payment estimate of the amount earned, not including the
amount earned for mobilization, is ten percent (10%) or more of the original Contract
amount, the total amount earned for mobilization may be up to fifty percent (50%) of the
Contract item price for mobilization or five percent (5%) of the original Contract amount,
B-4765
th
whichever is less. The amount earned for mobilization will be included in the estimate for
payment.

9-4 Prompt Payment. In addition to requirements specified elsewhere, the following shall
also apply: Subsection (f) of Section 20104.50 of the Public Contract Code, Article 1.7 of
Part 3 of Division 2.
ARTICLE 1.7
20104.50 Timely progress payments; legislative intent; interest; payment requests
a) (1) It is the intent of the Legislature in enacting this section to require all local
governments to pay their Contractors on time so that these Contractors can
meet their obligations. In requiring prompt payment by all local governments,
the Legislature hereby finds and declares that the prompt payment of
outstanding receipts is not merely a municipal affair, but is instead a matter of
statewide concern.
(2) It is the intent of the Legislature in enacting this article to fully occupy the field
of public policy relating to the prompt payment of local governments’
outstanding receipts. The Legislature finds and declares that all government
officials, including those in local government, must set a standard of prompt
payment that any business in the private sector which may contract for
services should look towards for guidance.
b) Any local agency which fails to make any progress payment within 30 days after
receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted payment request from a
contractor on a construction contract shall pay interest to the contractor equivalent
to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.010 of the Code of Civil
Procedure.
c) Upon receipt of a payment request, each local agency shall act in accordance with
both of the following:
(1) Each payment request shall be reviewed by the local agency as soon as
practicable after receipt for the purpose of determining that the payment
request is a proper payment request.
(2) Any payment request determined not to be a proper payment request suitable
for payment shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not
later than seven days, after receipt. A request returned pursuant to this
paragraph shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the
reasons why the payment request is not proper.
d) The number of days available to a local agency to make a payment without
incurring interest pursuant to this section shall be reduced by the number of days
by which a local agency exceeds the seven-day return requirement set forth in
paragraph (2) of subsection (c).
e) For purposes of this article:
(1) A “local agency” includes, but is not limited to, a city, including a charter city,
a county, and a city and county, and is any public entity subject to this part.
(2) A “progress payment” includes all payments due Contractors, except that
B-4765
th
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
portion of the final payment designated by the Contract as retention earnings.
(3) A payment request shall be considered properly executed if funds are
available for payment for the payment request, and payment is not delayed
due to an audit inquiry by the financial officer of the local agency.
f) Each local agency shall require that this article, or a summary thereof, be set forth in
the terms of any contract subject to this article.

9-5 PAYMENT REQUEST. A submitted payment request shall only be considered as
undisputed and properly submitted payment request after it is approved by the Inspector
and received by the Payment Section of the General Services Division of the Bureau of
Contract Administration.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
B-4765
th
PART 2 - CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
SECTION 200 - ROCK MATERIALS
200-1 ROCK PRODUCTS

200-1.4 Coarse Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete. Add the following after
Table 200-1.4(B):
The Engineer may at anytime select samples for testing of Specific Gravity (SG). SG
of the coarse aggregate for AC and PCC shall be 2.58 (min.), and 2.70 (max). If the SG
of the coarse aggregate is greater than 2.70, the Engineer may allow its use subject to the
following provisions:
a) The weight of coarse aggregate to be furnished by the Contractor shall be
increased by:
(Tested SG-2.65) x 100 = percent
2.65
b) If the coarse aggregate furnished is not a separate Bid item but included as part
of another Bid item, the Contractor shall not receive any additional compensation
for the additional coarse aggregate required to be furnished by the provisions of
this note; and
c) If the coarse aggregate furnished is a separate Bid item measured by a unit of
weight, the actual weight of coarse aggregate furnished by the Contractor pursuant
to sub note (a) above shall be, for purposes of determining the weight of coarse
aggregate for which the Contractor shall be compensated as a Bid item, reduced
by sub note (a) above.
200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS

200-2.1 General. Replace first sentence of the second paragraph with the following:
When base material without further qualification is specified, the Contractor shall
supply Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB).
SECTION 201-CONCRETE MORTAR AND RELATED MATERIALS
201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE.

201-1.1 Requirements. Add to the end of the first paragraph:
Only approved fly ash, pozzolans and other SCMs shall be used.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
201-1.1.2 Concrete Specified By Class and Alternate Class.
In Table 201-1.1.2(A), add the following footnote in regard to “Concrete Pavement (not
integral with curb)”:
8. If approved by the Engineer, PCC 600-A-3750 (390-A-26) can be used per 302-6.7.
B-4765
th
In Table 201-1.1.2(A), add the following footnote in regard to “Channels and Boxes,
Inverts”.
9. If approved by the Engineer, PCC 600-B-3750 (390-B-26) can be used for the
untrowelled PCC inverts of SS and SD structure per 303-1.9.1.
201-1.1.3 Concrete Specified by Special Exposure. Insert between the third and the
fourth sentences in the third paragraph with the following:
The Engineer shall identify the exposure condition and presence of chemicals that the
concrete may contact during its performance life. These include sulfates in soils, chloride
ions, sewage, sea water, oil field brine, and other corrosive materials.
201-1.1.4 Concrete Specified by Compressive Strength. Add the following to the last
sentence of the first paragraph:
The proposed concrete mix design and combined aggregate gradations shall be
submitted in conformance with 2-5.3.
Delete the second and third sentences of the third paragraph and add the following:
The trial batch procedure may be waived if the concrete mix design is in compliance
with one of the following:
Alternate 1 Test data of prior performance of the proposed concrete mix design is
presented by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The
Contractor may, at its option, utilize any strength data on file, less than
two years old, with the City for this purpose. Submitted data shall
include recent 7-day and 28-day compressive strength test data for the
proposed mix design. In addition, the data shall include the brand name
and type of any admixtures used, procedures use to place the concrete,
load size, and slump.
Alternate 2 A concrete mix design that includes a City-approved water-reducing
admixture and a minimum of 610 lbs of cement per cubic yard for 4000
psi concrete, or 660 lbs of cement per cubic yard for 5000 psi concrete.
The Contractor is responsible for submitting mix designs with higher cement contents,
as necessary, in order to meet any requirements.
For both the alternates to trial batching, the proposed mix design and aggregate
gradation shall be submitted in accordance with 2-5.3. In case of alternate 1, the
compressive strength data shall be submitted at the same time. L.A.C.E.
INDEX
201-1.1.5 Test for Portland Cement Concrete. Replace the sixth and seventh
sentences of the fifth paragraph with the following:
Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, the cores shall be submerged in
lime-saturated water for at least 40 hours immediately prior to making the compression
test. If each core tests at least 85 percent of the specified 28-day PCC compressive
B-4765
th
strength, the PCC represented may be accepted provided the Contractor accepts the
conditions in 201-1.1.6 and 302-6.8, 303-2.11 or 303-5.9 as modified herein.
201-1.2 Materials.
201-1.2.5 Supplementary Cementitious Materials.
201-1.2.5.3 Fly Ash. Replace the fifth paragraph with the following:
Class F Fly Ash, as a percent by weight of total cementitious material, may not exceed
20% without the approval of Engineer.
201-1.2.6 Reclaimed Concrete Material. Add the Subsection title: “(a) General” before
the first sentence of the first paragraph.
Replace the fourth paragraph of the Subsection with the following:

Reclaimed concrete material shall not be used in special exposure mixtures or where
architectural aesthetics are a concern.
201-1.6 Pervious Concrete.

201-1.6.1 General. Add to the end of first paragraph with the following:
The use of pervious concrete shall be shown on project plans and submitted for the
Engineer’s review and approval.
201-1.6.2 Materials. Delete “e) reclaimed concrete material from 201-1.2.6.”

201-1.7 Correction of Mix Design for Failed Concrete Tests. If the compressive
cylinder strength test for in-place PCC yields test results below the specified 28-day PCC
compressive strength and the Engineer determines a corrective change is necessary, the
Contractor shall at its own expense make corrective changes in the mix proportions. The
Engineer shall approve the changes in the mix proportions or PCC placement procedures
before any additional PCC is placed on the job.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
201-1.8 High Early Strength Concrete. The Contractor shall provide concrete mix
designs for all high early strength concrete that meet the specified strength requirements.
The proposed mix designs and aggregate gradations shall be submitted per 2-5.3.
High early strength in 3250 psi concrete shall be attained by the use of a
City-approved water reducing admixture, or by the use of a concrete mix which has a
minimum of 660 lbs of either Type III or V cement per cubic yard. Rapid Hardening
Hydraulic Cement per 201-1.1.1 may also be used.
B-4765
th
201-2.2.1 Reinforcing Steel. Replace the first sentence of the first paragraph with the
following:
Unless otherwise specified, reinforcing steel shall be per the Engineer's approval either
Grade 40 or Grade 60 billet steel, conforming to ASTM A615.
201-2.3 Fiber Reinforcement. Replace the third sentence of the first paragraph with the
following:
Fiber Type (Type II or III), fiber manufacturer and additional rate of fibers per cubic yards
shall be included in the mix design approved by the Engineer. Type I (Carbon Steel Fiber)
is not permitted in any project. Type II and Type III are permitted in pneumatically placed
concrete and shall be 100% virgin material and meet or exceed ASTM C 78, C 1018 or
C 1116. All fiber shall conform with SCAQMD and EPA Emission and Control
requirements. Synthetic fiber shall be applied at a rate not to exceed 1.5 lbs per cubic
yard of concrete.
201-6 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)

201-6.1 Requirements
201-6.1.1 General. Insert the following between the first and second sentence of the
second paragraph:
A mix design prepared, signed, and stamped by a civil engineer registered in the
State of California and associated test data shall be submitted in conformance with
2-5.3. The test data and mix design shall include the following:
a) 28-day compressive strength in conformance with ASTM D 4832.
(1) Compressive strength for CLSM used to backfill the upper 20 ft of a trench
shall be 50 psi minimum and 150 psi maximum.
(2) Compressive strength for CLSM used to backfill trenches deeper than 20
ft or a pipe bedding shall be 100 psi minimum.
b) Chemical admixtures.
c) Initial and final set times in conformance with ASTM C 403. L.A.C.E.
d) Curing method and material to be used.
INDEX
201-6.1.1 General. Add the following at the end of the third paragraph:
Permits that do not have continuous backfill inspection shall be backfilled with CLSM,
unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
At the option of the Contractor, CLSM may be used as backfill for trenches less than
20 ft deep. At the option of the Contractor, CLSM may also be used as a substitute for
Type A or B material as defined in Standard Plan S-251 for pipe bedding.
For trenches in existing pavements, CLSM shall not be placed higher than the bottom
of the existing Base. If the Base layer does not exist, CLSM shall not be placed higher
than 1 in below the bottom of the pavement.
The minimum height of CLSM placed relative to a culvert invert shall be 0.5 of the
th
B-4765 SHEET 66 OF 157
diameter or 0.5 of the height for rigid culverts and 0.7 of the diameter or 0.7 of the height
for flexible culverts.
201-6.4 Mixing.
201-6.4.1 General. Insert the following between the first and second sentence:
Materials for CLSM shall be thoroughly machine-mixed in a pug mill, rotary drum or
other approved mixer.
201-6.6 Placement.
201-6.6.1 General. Add the following after the last paragraph:
CLSM shall be placed in the Work within 3 hours after introduction of the cement to
the aggregates. Protect CLSM from all traffic until it has achieved a maximum
indentation diameter of 3 inches in conformance with ASTM D 6024.
SECTION 203 – BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
203-1 PAVING ASPHALT.

203-1.2 Testing Requirements. Replace the subsection with the following:
Asphalt shall be as specified by performance grade and shall conform to the
requirements in Table 203-1.2 (A) for unmodified paving asphalt, and Table 203-1.2 (B)
for engineered asphalt binder or modified paving asphalt.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 67 OF 157
TABLE 203-1.2(A)
Performance Grade
Property Roads Classification PG58-16 PG64-10 PG64-16 PG70-10
Original Binder (Unmodified Binders Only)
Flash Point Temp, AASHTO
All Roads 230 230 230 230
T48-06 (2010): min. °C
Viscosity, AASHTO T-316-13:
All Roads 0.2-0.5 0.2-0.5 0.2-0.5 0.3-0.6
Pa·s, Test Temp.135 °C
58 64 64 70
Dynamic Shear, AASHTO Major and Secondary
T315-12: N/A N/A N/A 1.00 min.
Highways
Test Temp. @ 10rad/s, °C Collector Streets N/A 1.30 min. 1.30 min. 1.00 min.
G*/sinδ, kPa Local Streets, Service
1.00 min. 1.00 min. 1.00 min. 1.00 min.
Roads, Alleys
RTFOb Aged Binder
Mass Loss, AASHTO T240-13: % All Roads 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00)
Max.
58 64 64 70
Dynamic Shear, Major and Secondary
AASHTOT315-12: N/A N/A N/A 2.20 min.
Highways
Test Temp. @ 10rad/s, °C Collector Streets N/A 2.50 min. 2.50 min. 2.20 min.
G*/sinδ, kPa Local Streets, Service
2.20 min. 2.20 min. 2.20 min. 2.20 min.
Roads, Alleys
Major and Secondary 10000
N/A N/A N/A
Viscosity by Vacuum Capillary Highways min.
Viscometer, AASHTO T202-10:
10000
Test Temp. 140°F (60°C), Collector Streets N/A 6,500 min. 6,500 min.
min.
1.0-1 Pa·s (poise)
Local Streets, Service 10000
3,000-5,000 4,000-6,000 4,000-6,000
Roads, Alleys min.
RTFO and PAVc Aged Binder

PAV Aging, R28-12:
All Roads 100 100 100 110
Test Temp, °C
Dynamic Shear, AASHTO
T315-12:
All Roads 25 a 31a 28a 34a
G*·sinδ, Max 5000 kPa
Test Temp. @ 10rad/s, °C
Creep Stiffness, AASHTO
T313-12:
Test Temp,@ 60 sec, °C All Roads
-6 0 -6 0
S, max. 300 MPa
m-value, min. 0.300
Test Temp,@ 60 sec, °C
a. It shall be acceptable to test sample at 3°C higher test temperature if the PAV aged binder fails at the
*
designated test temperature. G sinδ shall remain 5000 kPa Max.
b. “RTFO” means the asphaltic residue obtained using Rolling Thin Film Oven test, AASHTO Test Method
th
B-4765 SHEET 68 OF 157
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
T240-13, or ASTM Designation D2872-12e1
c. “PAV” means the asphaltic residue obtained using Standard Practice for Accelerated Aging of Asphalt
Binder Using a Pressurized Aging Vessel, AASHTO R28-12
TABLE 203-1.2(B)
MODIFIED OR ENGINEERED ASPHALT BINDER PG 76-10 CRUDE SOURCE: NORTH AMERICA
Specifications
Property Roads Classification Method
Min. Max.
Original Binder (Modified Asphalt Binder PG 76-10)

Flash Point Cleveland Open Cup Major Highways
AASHTO T48-06 (2010) 230 -----
(°C) Bus Lane
Brookfield Viscosity @ 135 °C Major Highways
Speed: 20 rpm, Spindle: SC4-21, AASHTO T316-13 0.600 1.300
(Pa·s) Bus Lane
DSR, @ 76 °C, Frequency: 10

rad/s, 25 mm Steel Plate, Major Highways
AASHTO T315-12
Bus Lane 1.10 2.50
G*/sinδ, (kPa)
RTFOa Aged Binder (Modified Asphalt Binder PG 76-10)
RTFO Residue AASHTO T240-13
Mass Loss Major Highways 1.000
AASHTO T240-13
(%) Bus Lane
Brookfield Viscosity @ 135 °C
Major Highways 0.950 2.100
Speed: 20 rpm, Spindle: SC4-21, AASHTO T316-13
Bus Lane
(Pa·s)
Absolute Viscosity, @ 60 °C, Major Highways 35,000 70,000
AASHTO T202-10
(poise) Bus Lane
DSR, @ 76 °C, Frequency: 10
rad/s, 25 mm Steel Plate, Major Highways AASHTO T315-12 2.30 5.00
Bus Lane
G*/sinδ, (kPa)
RTFO and PAVb Aged Binder (Modified Asphalt Binder PG 76-10)
PAV Residue, 100 °C, 2.10 MPa,
AASHTO R28-12
for 20 hrs.
DSR @ 37 °C, Frequency: 10 rad/s,
Major Highways
8 mm Steel Plate, AASHTO T315-12 1100 5000
Bus Lane
G*sin δ, (kPa)
BBR S Creep Stiffness,
Major Highways
@ 0 °C , at 60 s, AASHTO T 313-12 30.0 300
Bus Lane
S, (MPa)
BBR m-value = Slope
Major Highways
@ 0 °C , at 60 s, AASHTO T 313-12 0.300 0.400
Bus Lane
m-value,
a. “RTFO” means the asphaltic residue obtained using Rolling Thin Film Oven test, AASHTO Test Method T240-13,
or ASTM Designation D2872-12e1
b. “PAV” means the asphaltic residue obtained using Standard Practice for Accelerated Aging of Asphalt Binder Using
a Pressurized Aging Vessel, AASHTO R28-12
th
B-4765 SHEET 69 OF 157
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
203-1.3 Test Reports and Certification. In the first sentence of this section, replace
the words “Caltrans or other State Department of Transportation” with “City of Los
Angeles”.
Add the following after the words “purchase order number” in the third sentence:
approved mix design,
203-1.4 Temperatures. Delete Table 203-1.4(A) and replace with the following:
TABLE 203-1.4(A)
PUGMILL MIXING DISTRIBUTION APPLICATION
ASPHALT
TEMPERATURE °F (°C) TEMPERATURE °F (°C)
GRADE
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
PG 76-10 335 (168) 350 (175) 300 (150) 350 (175)
PG 70-10 300 (150) 350 (175) 285 (140) 350 (175)
PG 64-16 275 (135) 325 (160) 285 (140) 350 (175)
PG 64-10 275 (135) 325 (160) 285 (140) 350 (175)
PG 58-16 275 (135) 325 (160) 285 (140) 350 (175)
203-1.6 Measurement and Payment. Replace Table 203-1.6(A) with the following:
TABLE 203-1.6(A)
ASPHALT Gallons Per Ton At 60°F Lbs. Per Gallon 60°F
GRADE (Liters Per Tonne at 15°C) (Grams Per Liter at 15°C)
PG 76-10 233 (970) 8.60 (1030)
PG 70-10 235 (981) 8.51 (1020)
PG 64-16 235 (981) 8.51 (1020)
PG 64-10 235 (981) 8.51 (1020)
PG 58-16 235 (981) 8.51 (1020)
203-5 SLURRY SEAL.

203-5.2 Mix Design. Add the following as the first paragraph:
When requested by the City, the Contractor shall furnish, without charge, samples of
the aggregate, emulsion, and slurry proposed for use. Such materials shall be tested in
accordance with the procedures described in the Contract Documents.
L.A.C.E.
203-5.4 EMULSION-AGGREGATE SLURRY. (EAS) INDEX
203-5.4.2 Materials. Add the following paragraph:
f) The Contractor shall take precautions to ensure that stockpiles do not become
contaminated with oversize rock, clay, silt, or excessive amounts of moisture.
th
Brown Book 7 Edition B-4765 SHEET 70 OF 157
Segregation of aggregate will not be permitted. The Inspector will take aggregate
samples from field stockpile locations before the addition of mineral fillers, such as
cement or lime, to determine the sand equivalent value in accordance with this
Subsection. The Contractor shall notify the Bureau of Contract Administration by
noon of the previous working day when and where the aggregate materials will be
delivered. The Contractor shall deliver the aggregate at least one (1) working day
before incorporation into the work. Mineral fillers such as cement, lime, or sulphate
may be added during application of the slurry mixture to the City streets in
accordance with the approved mix design. The Contractor shall provide suitable
facilities for the asphalt emulsion. Suitable heat shall be provided to maintain the
asphalt emulsion between 50° F and 130° F (10° C and 55° C) temperature range.
203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE.

203-6.1 General. Replace the section with the following:
Asphalt concrete shall be the product of mixing mineral aggregate and up to 15 percent
reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) with paving asphalt, conforming to 203-1 at a central
mixing plant. RAP shall conform to 203-7.2.2, except the viscosity of RAP recovered in
accordance with ASTM D 1856-09 (Abson Recovery Method) will not be required. RAP
asphalt content may be determined in accordance with AASHTO T-308-10, except the
binder correction factor shall not be applied.
Asphalt concrete will be designated by class and performance grade i.e.,
“C2-PG64-10", and shall conform to the requirements in this section. Asphalt concrete
containing up to 15 percent RAP shall be declared and identified by adding the suffix RAP
and percentage of RAP content to the class and grade., i.e. “C2-PG64-10 –RAP15%”.
RAP shall not exceed 15 percent.
No decorative coating, texture and stamping shall be allowed on any paving made of
asphalt concrete.
Warm Mixes shall not be allowed for Major, Secondary Highways and Collector
Streets. Warm Mixes may be used for Local Streets with traffic volume less than 50,000
Equivalent Single Axle Loads.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
203-6.2 Mix Designs. Modify the subsection title.
203-6.2 Mix Designs. Replace the first and second paragraphs with the following:
For any asphalt concrete mixture required by the Plans or itemized proposal, the
Contractor shall formulate, and submit to the Engineer for approval, a job-mix formula.
The optimum asphalt binder content for the proposed gradation shall be determined by
the Contractor. The asphalt concrete mix design shall be Marshall Method using
procedures contained in Chapter 5 of the Asphalt Institute’s Manual Series No. 2 (MS-2)
Sixth Edition for Marshall Method of Mix Design in accordance with ASTM D 6926-10 and
ASTM D 6927-06 or AASHTO T245-13. The job-mix formula submittal shall include the
following data at a minimum and be submitted in conformance with Table 203-6.2 (A)
(Applicable to all classes of AC or RAC), and Tables 203-6.2 (B), 203-6.2 (C) (Applicable
to B and C2 classes of AC or RAC for Bus Lanes or Major streets)
a) The Job Mix formula, the gradation of each bin (percent passing each sieve size)
and the percentages of each bin used in the “Job Mix Formula”.
th
B-4765 SHEET 71 OF 157
b) Source of the aggregate, bulk specific gravity, percent fractured faces, and percent
natural sand.
c) Plot of the combined gradation on a Federal Highway Administration 0.45 power
gradation chart.
d) Source of the paving asphalt cement, characterization of the asphalt Performance
Grade in accordance with Table 203-1.2 (A), percent of asphalt cement by weight
of aggregate and weight of total mixture, asphalt cement viscosity and bulk specific
gravity.
e) Temperature - viscosity chart of the asphalt cement, mixing and compaction
temperatures plus the data required to obtain the temperature-viscosity chart in
accordance with Superpave mixing and compaction temperature recommended
by Asphalt Institute Technical Bulletin “Laboratory Mixing and Compaction
Temperatures”.
f) Number of blows of compaction hammer per side of a molded specimen.
g) Worksheet for volumetric analysis of compacted paving mixture by weight of total
mixture, which shall include the following data for each trial:
1. Coarse aggregate percent by weight of aggregate.
2. Fine aggregate percent by weight of aggregate.
3. Total aggregate percent by weight of total mix.
4. Asphalt cement content percent by weight of total mix.
5. Bulk specific gravity of total aggregate
6. Maximum specific gravity of paving mix.
7. Bulk specific gravity of compacted mix.
8. Unit weight (density pcf)
9. Effective asphalt content.
10. Percent of VMA in compacted paving mixture.
11. Percent air voids in compacted mixtures.
12. Percent voids filled with asphalt (VFA) in compacted mixture.
13. Stability (Marshall, lbs.)
14. Flow (Marshall 0.01inch)
15. Dust to Asphalt Ratio
h) Test property curves of air voids, VFA percent, VMA percent, unit weight (pcf),
stability, and flow.
i) Recommended asphalt content by weight of aggregate and weight of total mixture.
The job mix formula submitted by the contractor shall be within the “Master
Grading Band” established in Table 203-6.4.3(A) and the following Marshall
properties:
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
B-4765
th
MIX DESIGN CRITERIA
TABLE 203- 6.2 (A)
Marshall Mix Method - ASTM D 6926-10 & ASTM-6927-06 /AASHTO T245-13
Applicable to all Classes of AC or RAC
Major, Secondary
Local Streets and
Highways
Test Item Service Roads, Alleys
and Collector Streets
Min - Max
Min - Max
Marshall Method 1,800 - 5,000 2,200 - 5,000
Stability Value, Lbs. (N) (8,006 - 22,240) (9,786 - 22,240)
Flow, 0.01” (0.25 mm) 8 – 16 8 – 14
Number of blows each
50 75
Side of specimen
Percent Air Voids, per
ASTM D 3203-11 or 3-5 2-4
AASHTO T269-11
Dust to Asphalt Ratio 0.6 - 1.2 0.6 - 1.2
NOTE
1. The Contractor/supplier shall substantiate the test requirements through LADGS Standards Division
(213) 485-2242.
2. For mix design verification, the asphalt concrete sample shall be initially heated in an oven for
sample splitting purposes. At no time shall the mixture temperature exceed the maximum limits
specified in 203-1.4 and 302-5.5. Marshall specimens shall be compacted with mechanical lifting
of a flat faced compaction hammer as indicated in ASTM D 6926-10, ASTM D 6927-06 or AASHTO
T245-13
The selected aggregate gradation shall not vary from the low limit on one sieve to the
high limit on the adjacent sieve or vice versa. However, the selected gradation shall be
uniformly graded from coarse to fine when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136-06 and
C 117-13 or AASHTO T-30-13. The aggregate gradation shall meet the specifications in
Table 203-6.4.3(A) or Table 203-7.3.2(A) for the class specified on the plans or in the
Special Provisions.
TABLE 203- 6.2 (B)
SPECIFICATION FOR ASPHALT CONCRETE MIXTURE WITH A MODIFIED OR AN ENGINEERED
ASPHALT BINDER PG 76-10.
L.A.C.E.
CRUDE SOURCE: NORTH AMERICA.
COARSE AGGREGATE: 100% CRUSHED AND ANGULAR IN SHAPE
INDEX
SAND (FINE AGGREGATE): Ua min. = of 45% per CAL. Test Method 234
MIX DESIGN:
The asphalt concrete mix design shall be prepared in accordance with Brown Book latest edition, City of Los
Angeles, Department of Public Works section 203-6 by Marshall Test method (mechanical compactor shall
be used).
Note: When using Modified or Engineered Binders as PG 76-10, the design criteria for Maximum Stability
and Flow in Table 203-6.2 (A) (Brown book) are waived. Nonetheless, in addition to percent air voids
requirement, the designed mixture shall meet at least two of the other three acceptance testing requirements
from Table 203-6.2 (C).
The Job mix formula submitted by the contractor shall be within the Master Grading Band of the class and
th
B-4765 SHEET 73 OF 157
grade of the asphalt concrete required in the project.
Class B PG 76-10, (SSPWC, Table 203-6.4.3 (A))

25.0mm 19.0mm 12.5mm 9.5mm 4.75mm 2.36mm 0.60mm 0.30mm 0.075mm Binder%
100 87-100 70-87 55-76 35-52 22-40 8-24 5-18 0-7 4.5-5.8
Class C2 PG 76-10, (SSPWC, Table 203-6.4.3 (A))

25.0mm 19.0mm 12.5mm 9.5mm 4.75mm 2.36mm 0.60mm 0.30mm 0.075mm Binder%
100 95-100 72-88 46-60 28-42 15-27 10-20 2-7 4.6-6.0
TABLE 203- 6.2 (C)

ACCEPTANCE TESTING
Asphalt Concrete Mix design and daily samples shall be verified and tested for acceptance by Standards
Division using Superpave Gyratory Compactor Method (AASHTO T312-12) and in addition to percent air
voids requirement, shall meet at least two of the City of Los Angeles below requirements: either Stability &
Rutmeter, or Indirect Tensile and Rutmeter.
Specifications
Tests per Standards Division in
Compaction Test Method
house procedure
MIN. MAX.
ASTM D3203-11 or AASHTO
Percent Air Voids (%) 2.0 4.0
T269-11
SUPERPAVE AASHTO T312-12
Modified Marshall Stability, Ndesign = 65 Gyrations

Ø = 150 mm, @ 60 °C, (Lbs)
Precondition in water 4 hrs at 60 °C Ram Pressure = 600 ± 18 kPa 18,000 lbs.
Angle of Gyr. = 1.25 ± 0.02 deg
Indirect Tensile Strength Ndesign = 65 Gyrations
Ø = 150 mm, @ 60 °C (psi) Ram Pressure = 600 ± 18 kPa 45 psi. 85 psi.
Precondition in water 4 hrs at 60 °C
Pine Rutmeter Depth (mm) Ndesign = 65 Gyrations
At 6900 Cycles, @ 60 °C Ram Pressure = 600 ± 18 kPa 0.0 mm 1.6 mm
Precondition in water 2 hrs at 60 °C
VERIFICATION OF REQUIRED WORKABILITY
The asphalt concrete mixture, Class B PG 76-10 or Class C2 PG 76-10, shall

exhibit in the field sufficient workability in order to provide for adequate field placement
and compaction. In order to verify the required workability and compaction, prior to full
production, the contractor shall construct in the project a test section 300 ft. long 13 ft
wide, with the specified depth in accordance with the plans, with the bituminous mixture
to be used in the project according to the approved Job mix formula. The Subgrade upon
which the test section is to be constructed shall be representative of the project and
approved by the Engineer or his representative. In addition, the equipment used in the
construction of the test section shall be the same type and weight to be used on the
remainder of the project. If the test section meets requirements, the Engineer will allow
th
B-4765 SHEET 74 OF 157
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
proceeding for full production.
If the initial test section or other additional required test section fail the above
specifications and project’s requirements, such sections shall be removed at the
Contractor’s expense. Additional test sections may be constructed if required, with the
Project Engineer approval to verify the required workability and compaction, prior to full
production.
Additionally the Vendor is subject to the following guidelines:
1- Before the product is used in the project the modified or engineered asphalt binder
PG76-10 shall be tested in accordance to Table 203-1.2 (B) by Standards Division and
approved by the Engineer. A consistency range may be developed and established by
Standards Division for the modified binder used in the project.
2- Asphalt concrete mixtures samples of the mixture to be used in the project shall be
submitted by the contractor to Standards Division for testing and approval by the
Engineer before the tests section is constructed.
3- During construction Standards Division will perform acceptance testing in accordance
with Brown Book latest version, City of Los Angeles, Department of Public Works.
203-6.3 Materials.
203-6.3.2 Aggregate. Delete reference 203-6.4.2 and replace with reference 203-6.4.3
203-6.3.2 Aggregate. Add the following after the last paragraph:

The Engineer may at any time select samples for testing of specific gravity (SG). SG
of the coarse aggregate for AC and PCC shall be 2.58 (min.) and 2.70 (max). If the SG
of the coarse aggregate is greater than 2.70, the Engineer may allow its use subject to the
following provisions:
a) The weight of coarse aggregate to be furnished by the Contractor shall be
increased by:
(Tested SG-2.65) x 100 = percent
2.65
b) If the coarse aggregate furnished is not a separate Bid item but included as part
of another Bid item, the Contractor shall not receive any additional compensation
for the additional coarse aggregate required to be furnished by the provisions of
this note; and
c) If the coarse aggregate furnished is a separate Bid item measured by a unit of
weight, the actual weight of coarse aggregate furnished by the Contractor pursuant
to (a) above shall be, for purposes of determining the weight of coarse aggregate
for which the Contractor shall be compensated as a Bid item, reduced by (a)
above.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
203-6.4 Asphalt Concrete Mixtures.
203-6.4.1 General. Replace this subsection with the following:
Acceptance of plant produced mixtures will be based upon Job Mix Formula (JMF)
gradation in accordance with Table 302-5.9.3.2 (A) “Job Control Grading Band”.
Acceptance of the plant produced mixtures is also based upon binder content, Marshall
th
B-4765 SHEET 75 OF 157
Method Stability and Air Voids values in accordance with 203.6.2(A) for unmodified
binders, and 203.6.2(B) and 203.6.2(C) for modified binders.
203-6.4.3 Composition and Grading. Modify Table 203-6.4.3 (A) as follows:

Delete references to Hveem Stability and Air Voids.
203-6.4.3 Composition and Grading. Delete all paragraphs after Table 203-6.4.3(A)
203-6.7.1 General. Replace California Test method 382 with AASHTO T308-09.
203-7 RECYCLED ASPHALT CONCRETE - HOT MIXED.

203-7.1 General. Replace the subsection with the following:
Recycled asphalt concrete (RAC) shall be a product of mixing reclaimed asphalt
pavement (RAP) in the amount more than 15%, new aggregates and asphalt binder,
and/or recycling agent. For all Recycled asphalt containing more than 20% RAP recycled
agent shall be used. Recycled asphalt concrete (RAC) with more than 20% RAP, shall
follow Pavement Recycling Guidelines for State and Local Governments. Chapter 7. Hot
Mix Recycling (Materials and Mix Design) Publication No. FHWA-SA-98-042 or
procedures contained in Appendix E of the Asphalt Institute Research Report No. 84-2
(RR-82-2) “Mix Design Method for Reclaimed Asphalt Concrete using Marshall Method”.
RAC shall be designated by Class, Performance Grade, and percentage of RAP content,
i.e., C2-PG 64-10-RAC 50% and conform to specifications in this Subsection. The end
product shall meet both in gradation and asphalt grade specified.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
203-7.2 Materials.
203-7.2.3 RAC Bituminous Materials. Replace the last paragraph with the following:
The test results of the RAC binder shall meet the RTFO and PAV test specifications in
Table 203-1.2 (A) for the PG grade specified.
203-7.2.5 Recycling Agent. Modify the RA 5 requirements in Table 203-7.2.5 (A) as

follows:
TABLE 203-7.2.5 (A)
RA5
ASTM Test
TEST Summer Grade Winter Grade
Methods
Min. Max. Min. Max.
Kinematic Viscosity at 60°C (cSt)
2 D 2170-10 400 800 250 400
mm /s
Flash Point, COC °C D 92-12b 205 204
Flash Point, PMCT °C D 93-13 Report Report
th
B-4765 SHEET 76 OF 157
RTFO Kinematic Viscosity at 60°C
2 D 2170-10 Report Report
(cSt) mm /s
RTFO Weight Change, ±% D 2872-12e1 2 1
Viscosity Ratio @ 60°C Greenbook Table

2 2
(RTFO/Original) 203-7.2.5(A)
Specific Gravity D 70-09e1 Report Report
Saturates Wt. % D 2007-11 30 30
Note: Contractor may use RA-5 Winter Grade at the discretion of the Engineer.
203-7.3 Recycled Asphalt Concrete Mixtures.

203-7.3.2 Composition and Grading. Replace the second paragraph with the following:
When the amount of RAP is 15 percent or less of the total mix, the mix shall be in
conformance with the provisions specified in 203-6. The job mix formula shall be based
on current test data, approved by Engineer and supplier shall maintain it at the plant.
203-7.3.2 Composition and Grading. Replace the third paragraph with the following:
A RAC mixture is a Hot Mix Asphalt Pavement Mixture that contains more than 15
percent RAP in the mix. For any RAC mixture required by the Plans or itemized proposal,
the Contractor shall formulate and submit a job mix formula to the Engineer for approval.
The job mix formula submitted by the Contractor shall be within the “Master Grading
Band” established in Table 203-7.3.2(A) and the Marshall properties in 203-6.2 (A) for
unmodified binders, and 203.6.2(B) and 203.6.2(C) for modified binders. In addition, the
formula shall show the amount of Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) in the total mix,
RAC binder composition, the mineral aggregate sources, and mixing and compacting
temperatures. The target viscosity for the blend of recovered asphalt, the new asphalt
and/or recycling agent shall not be higher than 0.45 Pas when tested in accordance with
AASHTO T-316-13. The Contractor shall determine the optimum RAC binder content for
the proposed gradation. The Contractor shall use the procedures contained in Appendix
E of the Asphalt Institute Research Report No. 84-2 (RR-82-2) “Mix Design Method for
Reclaimed Asphalt Concrete using Marshall,” and in accordance with ASTM D 6926-10
& D 6927-06 or Publication No. FHWA-SA-98-042, “Pavement Recycling Guidelines for
State and Local Governments. Chapter 7. Hot Mix Recycling (Materials and Mix Design)”
The Contractor shall include the same minimum data requirements and Marshall Mix
Design Criteria shown in 203- 6.2. When using Modified or Engineered Binders as PG
76-10, Tables 203.6.2(B) and 203.6.2(C) for design criteria shall apply. These tests shall
be in addition to the tests for RAP stockpiles specified in 203-7.2.2.
The source of RAP shall be from City of Los Angeles streets if it is available. If RAP
from Los Angeles City streets is not available, then RAP from other sources may be used.
203-7.6 RAC Mixing.

L.A.C.E.
203-7.6.1 General. Add the following after the first paragraph:
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 77 OF 157
Uniformity of distribution of binder and RAC binder grade will be verified by an extraction
test made in accordance with Test Methods: ASTM D-2172-11, D-1856-09 and AASHTO
T 315-12, T316-13, T313-12, R28-09.
203-7.8 RAC Miscellaneous Requirements. Add the following after the last paragraph:
On projects where 1,200 tons (1,089 tonnes) or more of RAC are to be placed, the
Contractor shall make available, without cost to the City, a production trial batch of the
RAC to be used in the project. The Contractor shall notify the LADGS, Standards Division
(213) 485-2242, 48 hours before the start of paving, to allow for sampling and testing of
the production trial batch. The production trial batch shall be tested for verification of mix
parameters, per 203–7.2. The Contractor shall not begin paving operations until the
production trial batch has been approved. Minimum of four samples shall be tested from
the sample batch. At least one trial batch will be provided for each project.
Samples of RAC taken at the plant shall be provided by plant personnel, as requested
by the Inspector. Samples of RAC taken at the Job Site shall be provided by the paving
contractor and taken from the uncompacted mat behind the paver or from the hopper of
the paver, as requested by the Inspector.
SECTION 206 - MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS

206-1.6 Bridge Joint Restrainer Units.
Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall conform to Section 75-1.035 of the
Caltrans Standard Specifications for Construction of Local Streets and Roads (latest
edition).
206-2 STEEL CASTINGS.

206-2.1 General. Add the following to the end of the subsection:
All steel components subject to pedestrian and/or vehicular traffic shall have an
approved slip and/or skid resistant finish and protective coating conformance with the
latest edition of Standard Plan S-601.
206-3 GRAY IRON AND DUCTILE IRON CASTINGS.

206-3.3. Manufacturing and Finishing.
206-3.3.2 Manhole Frame and Cover Sets and Grates. Add the following to the end of
the subsection:
The covers shall have an approved slip and/or skid resistant finish or texture in
conformance with the latest edition of Standard Plan S-601, and other applicable
standard plans.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 78 OF 157
206-3.4 Testing.
206-3.4.1 General. Replace the first sentence of the first paragraph with the following:
Tensile testing, proof-load testing, or both methods of testing shall be determined as
directed by the Engineer and as specified in the latest edition of Standard Plan S-601.
206-5 METAL RAILINGS.

206-5.2 Flexible Metal Guardrail Materials. Replace the subsection with the following:
Material and construction for the railings shall conform to subsection 83-1.02 B “Metal
Beam Guard Railing” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications for Construction of Local
Streets and Roads (latest edition).
SECTION 207 - PIPE
207-1 NONREINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE.

207-1.1 General. Add the following as the last paragraph:
Where non-reinforced concrete pipe is specified on the Plans, the Contractor shall
have the option of using reinforced concrete pipe with an equivalent D-load. Contractor
shall submit concrete mix design, joint type and material for approval per 2-5.3.
207-2 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE (RCP).

207-2.1 General. Add the following to the end of the first paragraph:
If reinforced concrete pipe is to be used in a sanitary sewer, it shall be lined per 207-3.
207-2.5 Joints. Replace third paragraph with the following:
SD Pipes. RCP joint deflection shall not exceed 5 degrees, except that 10 degrees is
permissible for horizontal curves where a radius of 22.5 ft is specified on the Plans and
for CB pipes at grade breaks and vertical curves. Either one or both ends may be beveled
to provide a well-fit joint.
SS Pipes. RCP shall be beveled at the spigot end of the pipe. The bevel shall be
limited to a maximum of 4 degrees. Pipe shall be furnished with approved cast in place
plastic liner conforming to 210-2, Standard Plan S-121, and the project Plans and Special
Provisions.
207-2.9 Basis of Acceptance.

207-2.9.2 D-Load Bearing Strength Test. Delete last paragraph. L.A.C.E.
INDEX
207-2.9.5 Acceptance of Stockpiled Pipe. Replace the first paragraph with the
following:
Stockpiled pipe (pipe that was not inspected during manufacture) may only be used
for culverts and storm drains. Not more than 160 ft of stockpiled pipe may be used on any
th
B-4765 SHEET 79 OF 157
one project and only in sizes smaller than 36 inches ID. Such pipe must be properly
identified and certified by the Inspector at the plant prior to shipment to the jobsite. One
pipe section per lot shall be tested and the pipe shall meet applicable requirements,
including 115 percent of specified D-Load.
207-3 LINED REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE.

207-3.1 General. Add the following after the first sentence of the first paragraph:
If reinforced concrete pipe is specified on the plan for sanitary sewage pipe use, the
reinforced pipe shall be lined.
207-3.2 Causes For Rejection. In subparagraph a), add the word “stainless steel”
before the words “holding rods”.
207-15 ABS SOLID WALL PIPE. L.A.C.E.

207-16 ABS OR PVC COMPOSITE PIPE. INDEX
207-17 PVC PLASTIC PIPE.
207-19 POLYETHYLENE (PE) SOLID WALL PIPE.
207-20 CENTRIFUGALLY CAST FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC MORTAR
(CCFRPM) PIPE.
207-22 CENTRIFUGALLY CAST FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC MORTAR
(CCFRPM) MICROTUNNELING PIPE.
These sections are modified by the addition of the following paragraphs:
General. These provisions establish the requirements for plastic pipe for SS and SSHC.
The general term “plastic pipe” refers to acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) pipe (solid
wall or composite), polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe (solid wall or composite), high density
polyethylene (HDPE) solid wall pipe, and centrifugally cast fiberglass reinforced plastic
mortar (CCFRPM) pipe. Only those pipe products approved by the City Engineer, a list of
which is on file in the office of the City Engineer-Engineer of Design, shall be used.
Material that does not conform to the physical and chemical properties stated in the
contract shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the City. A time extension
will not be granted to rectify the noncompliance. Design of these pipes shall conform to
the Bureau of Engineer Structural Manual (Part H), Section 211.41, unless otherwise
approved by the Engineer of Design. The pipe shall be tested per 306-1.2.12 and
installed per 306-1.2.13.
Verification. At least 20 working days before installation, the Contractor shall submit
written “Material Certification” and “Testing Data” to the Engineer.
Material Certification: Shall state that the pipe that satisfied the Chemical Resistance
Test in 211-2 continues to be the supplied pipe, and that no changes in formulation,
compound, constituent, supplier, or material source has occurred.
Testing Data: Shall include test results performed and reported by a laboratory
approved by the Engineer for the following:
1) Initial Tensile Strength and Elongation (ASTM D 638);
B-4765
th
2) Initial Flexural Modulus (ASTM D 790 or, D 2412) at 5% deflection;
3) Specific Gravity;
4) Impact Strength (ASTM D 256) or Shore D Hardness (ASTM D 2240);
5) Apparent Cell Classification (ASTM D 1784, D 3262, or D 3350, as applicable).
The Engineer will evaluate the Testing Data and compare it to archived samples of
pipe formulations that have satisfied the sewer chemical resistance tests. The Engineer
will accept reports by an approved laboratory performed within the previous 24 months.
Otherwise, the Contractor shall engage the services of an approved laboratory, at no cost
to the City, to perform the specified tests and provide current Testing Data.
Pipe that has Testing Data that does not conform to the archived samples is rejected
and shall not be delivered to the job site.
207-15 ABS SOLID WALL PIPE.

207-15.3 Chemical Resistance (Pickle Jar Test). Replace the first sentence of the
third paragraph with the following:
The weight change specimens shall be as specified in ASTM D 543.
207-17 PVC PLASTIC PIPE.

207-17.1 General. Replace Table 207-17.1 (A) with the following table:
Table 207-17.1 (A)

Nominal Size Wall Thickness or
ASTM
Inches mm Pipe Stiffness (min)
4 – 15 (100 – 375) D 3034 SDR 35
F 679 PS 46
18 – 48 (450 – 1290)
As Specified PS 115
207-17.2 Manufacturing Requirements

207-17.2.1 Identification Marks. Replace line c) with the following:
c) Company, plant, shift, ASTM Standard, SDR or PS, and date designation.
207-17.2.2 Cell Classification. Replace the last sentence with the following:
Additives and fillers, including but not limited to stabilizers, antioxidants, lubricants,
colorants, etc., shall not exceed 25 parts by weight per 100 of PVC resin in the
compound.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
B-4765
th
207-17.5 Chemical Resistance and Physical Testing. Replace Table 207-17.5A with
the following table
TABLE 207-17.5(A):
VALUE
(Initial and After 112-Day
Exposure)
Property ASTM TEST Method
Cell Classification
12454 12364
Tensile Strength
D 638 7,000 6,000
(Yield), psi, min.
Impact Strength D 256 Method A
ft-lbs/in of notch, Size 0.65 0.65
min. 1/2 in x 1/8 in x 2-1/2 in
Weight Change %
Unconditioned +/- 1.5 max +/- 1.5 max

D 543
Conditioned +/- 1.0 max +/- 1.0 max
207-19 POLYETHYLENE (PE) SOLID WALL PIPE.

207-19.2 Material Composition. Add the following paragraph to the end of the
subsection: For sewer pipes 8” and larger, an interior pipe wall consisting of a light,
reflective color is preferable to a black surface to enhance CCTV inspection.
207-19.3 Pipe Acceptance. Replace the last sentence with the following:
The Contractor shall not install any pipe that is more than 3 years old from the date of
manufacture.
SECTION 208 - PIPE JOINT TYPES AND MATERIALS
208-4 GASKETS FOR THERMOPLASTIC PIPE. Replace the first sentence with the
following:
Gaskets shall be manufactured from a synthetic elastomer conforming to the
requirements of ASTM F477.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 82 OF 157
SECTION 209 – STREET LIGHTING, TRAFFIC SIGNAL, AND
COMMUNICATION CABLE MATERIALS
209-1 GENERAL. Add the following at the end of the first sentence:
and communication cables.
209-2 Reference Specifications. Add p) to the end of the subsection:

p) California Public Utility Commission (CPUC)
209-3 COMPONENTS FOR STREET LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS.

209-3.1 General. Add the following paragraph:
Materials and installation procedures of street lighting and traffic signal systems shall
be in accordance with the latest editions of the Bureau of Street Lighting’s Design
Standards and Guidelines, Specifications for the Construction of Street Lighting System’s
(“Blue Book”), or the Special Provisions and Standard Drawings for the Installation and
Modification of Traffic Signals (“Red Book”). Warning signs indicating high voltage shall
be installed on an interior surface, or barrier if present, inside the entrance of vaults,
manholes, handholes, pad mounted transformer compartments, and other above ground
enclosures containing exposed live parts above 750 volts in accordance with CPUC
regulations. Such warning signs shall also be installed on an exterior surface of all pad
mounted transformer compartments and other above ground enclosures. Such signs
shall be clearly visible to a person in position to open any such access door, other
opening or barrier.
209-3.7 Pullboxes. Replace the first paragraph with the following:

Pullboxes, covers, and extensions shall be approved by the Director of Bureau of
Street Lighting and Director of Department of Transportation or as shown on the Plans or
Standard Plans and/or specified in the Special Provisions. The structural elements and
surface treatments of all pull boxes shall conform to the Bureau of Engineering Standard
Plan S-601. All Bureau of Street Lighting’s electrical pullboxes shall conform to the
Special Specifications for the Construction of Street Lighting Systems, Standard Drawing
No. L-201, and shall be subject to shop inspection by the Inspector.

209-6 COMMUNICATION CABLES
Communication cables shall have a protective coating made of corrosion resistant
materials designed to sustain the required loading conditions. Communication cables
shall have proper connections and grounding. All materials must be clearly identified on
the plans or the submittals with the product data and classifications as designated in
General Order No. 128.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
B-4765
th
SECTION 210 - PAINT AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS
210-1 PAINT
210-1.1 General Requirements. Replace the first sentence of the first paragraph with
the following:
Paint shall be homogeneous, totally free of lead and contaminants, conform with
SCAQMD’s emission and control requirements, and be of a consistency suitable for the
use for which it is specified.
210-2 PLASTIC LINER.

All interior surfaces of a new SSMH, with the exception of the underside of the MH
cover, shall be protected with a Type I Lining. Only liners approved by the City Engineer
shall be used. Type I Linings shall be cast-in-place with welded joints.
Type II Linings and Coatings are only to be used for rehabilitation. See Section
500-2.1.
All lining shall satisfy chemical resistance tests in 211-2 at a laboratory approved by
the Engineer. A list of approved linings is available in the office of the City Engineer. The
list of approved linings can also be accessed at http://boe.lacity.org/apm.
Upon completion, the surface will be spark-tested by the Engineer using a holiday
detector. The holiday detector voltage shall be set as shown in Table 210-2.1(A). All
areas failing to meet the test shall be repaired or replaced and retested.
TABLE 210-2.1(A)
Protective Lining Type Holiday Detector Voltage Setting

Protective Coatings 15,000V
Coatings applied to MH’s or Structures
9,000V
buried in soil at least 30 days
All Plastic Liners 20,000V
210-2.1.1 Adhesive Products. Add the following to the end:

Adhesive products are not allowed to be used with polyethylene liner.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
210-2.2.1 Approval of Details. Add the following to the end:
Plans, sections, details, and locations where details are used shall be submitted to the
th
B-4765 SHEET 84 OF 157
Engineer for review and approval.
210-2.2.3 Material Sizes. In the first sentence delete the word “pipe” and add the
following: “pipes or structures”.
210-2.2.4 Locking Extensions. Add the following paragraph to the end:

Other locking extension geometries are allowed, provided they are used on an approved
product listed at http://boe.lacity.org/apm/.
210-3 GALVANIZING.
210-3.2 Requirements of Coating. Add the following after Table 210-3.2(A):
Mechanical galvanizing per ASTM B 695 and electro-deposited galvanizing per ASTM
B 633 shall not be permitted when the items are to be installed:
a) In any wastewater treatment or wastewater reclamation plant,
b) In any SS pumping plant or lift station,
c) In connection with any SS, or
d) Within 1 mile of any body of seawater, including bays, harbors, or any
estuary containing seawater.
210-3.3 Workmanship. Replace the third sentence in the first paragraph with the
following:
Machine work, die work, cutting, punching, bending, welding, drilling, thread cutting,
straightening, and other fabricating shall be completed before the galvanizing, or as
approved by the Inspector.

210-6 COAL-TAR EPOXY COATING.
Coal-tar epoxy coatings shall be reviewed, tested and approved by the Engineer. The
coating shall be applied to surfaces that are clean and dried to the extent practicable and,
in any event, free of surface moisture. The approved manufacturer’s application
procedures shall be followed. All surfaces to be coated shall be given one prime coat and
at least two finish coats. The Inspector shall check the thickness of the coats using a
wet-film thickness gauge. The prime coat shall be at least 1.5 mil. The sum of the finish
coats shall be at least 16 mils. The total thickness of all coats shall be at least 17.5 mils.
The Engineer will specify the voltage to be used for spark testing. The Contractor shall
properly ventilate the worksite. All necessary provisions shall be made for the safety of
workers and inspection, including the furnishing of ointments, protective clothing, masks,
and facilities for washing at the immediate site.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
B-4765
th
SECTION 211 - MATERIAL TESTS
211-1 COMPACTION TESTS. Replace Subsection 211-1.1 with the following:

211-1.1 Laboratory Maximum Density.
Compaction tests will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1557 Method A,
except that rock retained on the No.4 sieve shall not be discarded. If rock is retained on
the No.4 sieve, the relative compaction will be the ratio C/C" where:
C= field dry density in pounds per cu. ft.
C" = PC' = corrected laboratory maximum

MC' + NP dry density for (+4) material
C' = laboratory maximum dry density in pounds per cu. ft. of the portion of the test
material that passes the No. 4 sieve
M = dry weight of (+4) rock/dry weight of entire sample
N = dry weight of (-4) material/dry weight of entire sample
P = dry density of (+4) rock in pounds per cu. ft. or specific gravity of (+4) x 62.4
pounds per cu. ft.
(+4) material = all rock retained in No. 4 sieve
(-4) material = all material passing No. 4 sieve
211-1.3 Relative Compaction: Replace the entire paragraph with the following:
The term “relative compaction” shall mean the ratio of the field dry density to the
laboratory maximum dry density, or corrected laboratory density, expressed as a
percentage.
211-2 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE TEST (PICKLE JAR TEST). Replace the third
paragraph with the following:
Whenever the formulation, compound, constituent, supplier, or material changes, the
Contractor shall, at no cost to the City, re-qualify the product for the Chemical Resistance
Test. The Contractor shall engage the services of a laboratory approved by the Engineer.
No extension of time will be granted for product requalification.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
211-2.1 Verification. At least 20 working days before installation, the Contractor shall
submit written “Material Certification” and “Testing Data” to the Engineer.
Material Certification: Shall state that the liner (or lining or coating) which satisfied
the Chemical Resistance Test in 211-2 continues to be the supplied liner (or lining
or coating), and that no changes in formulation, compound, constituent, supplier, or
B-4765
th
material sources have since occurred.
Testing Data: Shall include test results performed and reported by a laboratory
approved by the Engineer for the following:
(1) Initial Tensile Strength and Elongation (ASTM D638);
(2) Initial Flexural Modulus (ASTM D790);
(3) Specific Gravity;
(4) Impact Strength (ASTM D256) or Shore D Hardness (ASTM D2240);
(5) Apparent Cell Classification (ASTM D1784, D3262, or D3350, as applicable).
The Engineer will evaluate the Testing Data and compare them to archived samples
of product formulations that have satisfied the sewer chemical resistance tests. The
Engineer will accept reports by an approved laboratory performed within the previous 24
months at his/her discretion. Otherwise, the Contractor shall engage the services of an
approved laboratory, at no cost to the City, to perform the specified tests and provide
current Testing Data.
All products whose Testing Data does not conform to the archived samples are
rejected and shall not be delivered to the Work site.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
SECTION 212 - LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION MATERIALS
212-1 LANDSCAPE MATERIAL. Add the following subsection:

212-1.2.6 Decomposed Granite (or Disintegrated Granite). Decomposed granite
(D.G.), can be used as an alternate to mulch material in tree wells which have no tree well
cover. D.G. shall not be used in a sidewalk area with a slope greater than 5%, or in any
sidewalk planting area or planter without the review and approval of the Engineer. The
Contractor shall submit the material certification of the D.G. for review prior to delivery.
The D.G. shall be at least 3 inches thick and conform to the following grading
requirements.
Percent Percent
Sieve Designation Sieve Designation
Passing Passing
3/8 inch 100 No. 30 40-50
No. 4 95-100 No. 50 25-35
No. 8 75-80 No. 100 20-25
No. 16 55-65 No. 200 5-15
The portion of the D.G. retained on the No. 4 sieve shall have a maximum percentage of
wear of 50 at 500 revolutions as determined by AASHTO T96-77.
The portion passing a No. 40 sieve shall have a maximum liquid limit of 25 and maximum
plasticity index of 7 as determined by AASHTO T89-81 and AASHTO T90-81,
respectively.
B-4765
th
Crushed aggregate screenings shall be free from clay lumps, vegetative matter and
deleterious material.
212-1.4 Plants.
212-1.4.1 General. Add the following at the end of the first paragraph:
All Plant materials shall be supplied with labels that identify each species and variety of
plant.
212-2 IRRIGATION SYSTEM MATERIALS.

212-2.2 Valves and Valve Boxes
212-2.2.7 Valve Boxes. Add the following to the end of the subsection:
All valve boxes located within sidewalk or parkway shall conform to pedestrian loading
as specified in the latest edition of Standard Plan S-601. All covers shall have a fine
broom or other approved finish.
212-2.4 Sprinkler Equipment. Replace the first sentence with the following:
Unless specified otherwise, sprinkle heads, bubbler heads and spray nozzles shall be
high efficiency and shall be the types and sizes shown on the plans.
212-3 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS.

212-3.3 Controller Unit. Add the following to the end of the paragraph:
All controllers shall utilize rain or moisture sensors to prevent irrigation after precipitation.
SECTION 214 - TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT

MARKINGS, PAVEMENT MARKERS.
214-7 ADHESIVES FOR PAVEMENT MARKERS.

214-7.2 Epoxy Adhesives. Add the following:
Adhesives, including epoxy resin types used in bonding extruded AC curb, PCC, and
mortar to existing surfaces, or used to attach precast PCC units to existing surfaces, shall
be approved by the Engineer. Any surface to which the adhesive is applied shall be
clean, dry, and free of loose material, prepared in conformance with the adhesive
manufacturer’s approved instructions/recommendations, and shall be approved by the
Inspector before application. Mixing and application shall be done by the approved
manufacturer’s recommendations in the presence of the Inspector.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 88 OF 157
PART 3 - CONSTRUCTION METHODS
SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK
300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING.

300-1.1 General. Add the following to the end of third paragraph:
No tree shall be removed, except as shown on the Plans, by permit, or ordered by the
BPW. The cutting down or removal of trees is prohibited between 6:00 P.M. and 7:00 A.M.
and on any Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, unless permission is obtained from the
BPW.
300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials.

300-1-3.1 General. Add the following to the end of paragraph:
When removing asbestos products, the Contractor shall comply with current
requirements of the SCAQMD, California General Industry Safety Orders and
Construction Safety Orders, and Federal government. Obtain all applicable permits and
make all required notification prior to start of removal.
For Work done under permit, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate any
street pavement removal with the Bureau of Street Services’ Resurfacing Division (213)
847-3200. Removals in streets resurfaced within one year or less from the date of the
removal are prohibited, unless the contractor resurfaces the entire block or intersection
that the removal was made in. Removals made more than one year from the date of the
removal are subject to the Street Restoration Fee Ordinance.
300-1.3.2 Requirements. Insert the following before paragraph a):

Removals on bridges and culverts and close to other structures shall be performed
carefully to prevent damage to the facility in accordance with approved demolition and
removal plans. Stomping will not be permitted in these locations.
Replace paragraph a) with the following:

a) Bituminous Pavement. Bituminous pavement shall be removed to clean, straight
lines. Saw cutting of edges to be joined is optional. Where only the surface of existing
bituminous pavement is to be removed, the removal shall be by cold planing or other
approved method. Sufficient removal shall be made to allow a minimum laying depth of
1 inch of new AC material. Where the existing pavement is to be resurfaced by overlay,
a minimum width of 5 ft of the surface shall be removed by cold planing adjacent to
existing PCC gutters and other join lines. Unless the resurfacing immediately follows the
removal of the existing wearing surface, temporary pavement shall be placed in
accordance with 5-2. The temporary pavement shall be maintained-in-good condition
adjacent to all stepped edges and in rough areas within the area to be resurfaced to
provide a safe surface for vehicle and bicycle traffic and pedestrians in cross walks. In
any event, the removal of the existing wearing surface shall be coordinated with the
resurfacing schedule to meet the time limitation of 302-5.1, as modified.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 89 OF 157
When a trench is to be resurfaced, the pavement edges adjacent to the trench shall
be trimmed to neat, straight lines before resurfacing. This will ensure that all areas to be
resurfaced are accessible to the rollers used to compact the subgrade or paving
materials.
If the edge of the trench is within 12 inches of the edge of an existing concrete
gutter (including integral curb and gutter) or edge of a concrete pavement, the existing
bituminous pavement shall be completely removed and replaced to join the existing
concrete edge of the gutter (including integral curb and gutter) or edge of the concrete
pavement.
Add the following after the second sentence of paragraph (b):

Saw cut depths shall be a minimum of one-half of the pavement thickness.
Add the following to the end of paragraphs (a) and (b):

When saw cutting bituminous or PCC pavements, the maximum overrun allowed for
any saw cut beyond the boundary removal limits of the existing pavement shall be 2
inches. Correction for exceeding this 2 inches limit shall be as directed by the Inspector,
at the Contractor’s expense. The correction shall be either by:
(1) Enlarging the removal area to limit the overrun to 2 inches, maximum, at all corners
of the saw cut boundary; or,
(2) Completely fill the excess saw cut with epoxy sealant conforming to the current
Caltrans Standard Specification 95-2.01, 95-2.03, and 95-2.05. After the sealant
has been installed, the overruns shall be cold planed and overlaid to a depth of 3
in, 1 ft on each side and 1 ft beyond the end of each of the overruns. The
pavement used for the overlay shall be either 3 in of concrete or 3 inches of asphalt
concrete of the class and grade specified in Table 302-5.1(A).
Insert the following after paragraph (c):

d) Stormwater Pollution Protection. When saw cutting bituminous or PCC
pavement, the cuttings shall be continuously wet vacuumed to prevent the materials from
entering catch basins, stormwater conveyances, or waters of the State. Vacuumed
cuttings shall be disposed of according to applicable regulations.
300-1.4 Payment. Add the following to the end of last paragraph:

When pavement is to be removed, an adjustment in Contract payments shall be made
only when the existing pavement thickness exceeds or is less than the thickness
indicated on the Plans or in the Specifications by more than 2 inches. Payment
adjustments shall then be for the entire difference in accordance with stipulated prices.
300-3 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL.

300-3.5 Structure Backfill
300-3.5.1 Requirements. Add the following at the end of the first paragraph:
The backfill shall be brought up uniformly on all sides of the structure.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 90 OF 157
300-4 UNCLASSIFIED FILL.
300-4.1 General. Add to the beginning of the first sentence:
Unclassified fill shall not be allowed in any project without the recommendation of the
Geotechnical Engineer and the approval of the Engineer.
300-4.5 Placing Materials for Fills. Replace the third and the fourth paragraphs with
the following:
No rock, cobble or broken concrete exceeding 2 inches in maximum dimension shall
be placed in completed fill without the approval of the Engineer. No rock, cobble or
concrete exceeding 1 inch in maximum dimension shall be placed in compacted fill of the
utility trench.
300-8 GEOTEXTILES FOR DRAINAGE.

300-8.1.1 Placement. Replace the fourth sentence of the first paragraph with the
following:
Overlapping of geotextiles shall be in accordance with 300-10.1.1.
SECTION 301 - TREATED SOIL, SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND

PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS
301-2 UNTREATED BASE

301-2.4 Measurement and Payment. Add after the last paragraph:
When the subbase materials are to be covered by material paid for by the square
yard, the surface of the finished subbase shall not project above the grade established by
the Engineer at any point. At locations where the planned thickness of subbase, less
allowable tolerance, is not obtained and is not compensated for by an equivalent
thickness of base, the Contractor will take such corrective measures as are necessary to
obtain that thickness. If requested by the Contractor and permitted by the Engineer, a
deduction will be made from contract payments for subbase materials instead of
correcting the deficient thickness. The deduction will be computed as the product of
a) The deficient thickness less the allowable tolerance;
b) The planned width
c) The longitudinal distance between locations showing specified thickness as
determined by the Inspector.
The result will be multiplied by a fixed price of $11.09 per cubic yard ($14.50 per cubic
meter), or the contract bid price, whichever is higher. No additional payment will be made
for subbase materials that are thicker than the planned thickness.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
B-4765
th
SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING
302-4 SLURRY SEAL SURFACING.

302-4.1 General. Add the following at the end of the subsection:
All trucks that the Contractor proposes to use that exceed the legal load limit when
loaded will be required to have overweight permits from the City.
Licensed weighmaster’s certificates shall be furnished by the Contractor at no cost to
the City.
302-4.3 Continuous-Flow Mixers.

302-4.3.1 General. Add the following at the end of the subsection:
Prior to the beginning of slurry operations, the Contractor shall furnish current licensed
weighmaster certificates indicating the net weight capacity of the aggregate bin of each
slurry mixer. Except for partial loads to complete a day’s schedule, or for patching, each
mixer shall be filled to its rated capacity and the Inspector and the Contractor shall each
keep a daily count of the number of loads and/or partial loads applied to the surface of the
existing pavement by each slurry mixer. Each aggregate bin shall have permanent
calibration marks in maximum increments of 2 tons (2.2 tonnes).
302-4.5 Scheduling, Public Convenience and Traffic Control. Add the following after
the third paragraph:
The Contractor shall thoroughly sweep or clean the surface before the application of
the slurry. The Contractor shall resweep the street not less than 48 hours, nor more than
168 hours, following the placement of slurry seal to remove the gravel rebound caused by
vehicular traffic.

302- 4.5.1 Spreading.
Each slurry crew shall be composed of a coordinator at the work site at all times, a
competent continuous-flow mixer operator, a competent driver, and sufficient laborers for
any handwork and cleanup.
The Contractor will be required to work around all existing utility facilities and seal up
to the edges of said facilities. During sealing operations, the Contractor shall cooperate
with the owners of any utility covers and shall cover and completely protect said covers
with heavy plastic or other suitable material. All raised pavement markers shall be
removed and covered and completely protected as directed by the Inspector. The
Contractor shall exercise care to prevent slurry from being deposited on concrete
surfaces and shall remove slurry from surfaces not designated to be sealed. Covering of
slurry on concrete surfaces with sand, cement, or paint will not be acceptable.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 92 OF 157
302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT.
Before and during construction, the City will request samples of each mixture (AC or
RAC), proposed to be used by the Contractor, for testing to assure compliance with the
applicable specifications.
A lot size shall be a continuous run of 1,089 tonnes (1,200 tons). For projects that
require less than a continuous run of 1,089 tonnes (1,200 tons) of asphalt concrete
pavement, the City will require six samples be taken per class, per source, per day. For
projects that require more than a continuous run of 1,089 tonnes (1,200 tons), the
Inspector shall designate sublots, as required. For each sublot, the City will require that
six samples be taken per class, per source, per day by the Contractor at the direction of
the Inspector. The samples of AC or RAC mix shall be taken in the field during
construction, or at the asphalt plant. The samples taken at the job site shall be sampled
from the uncompacted mat behind the paver or from the hopper of the paver. Plant
personnel at the direction of the Inspector shall provide samples of Hot Mix Asphalt
Concrete or RAC Mix taken at the plant. The samples shall be placed in proper
containers, which shall be supplied by the Contractor.
If the Contractor believes that the number of samples taken in a unit of pavement
according to this Subsection are insufficient to fairly indicate the actual quality of the
pavement placed, the Contractor may request additional samples be taken. The
Inspector shall determine the location of the additional samples. The cost of all the
additional sampling shall be deducted from any monies due, or that may become due, the
Contractor under the contract.
Each sample shall be clearly marked showing the date, time, location it was taken
from, source, project title, work order number, name of a person taking the sample, class
and grade of the asphalt concrete pavement.
Test requirements shall be substantiated by the Contractor/supplier through LADGS,

Standards Division (213) 485-2242.
The AC mixes in the following table shall be used:
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
B-4765
th
Table 302-5.1(A)
All Performance
Grade1 below shall
Class1 Usage comply with Table
203-1.2(A).
A Base course for streets (machine-laid)

Base course for streets (machine or hand-laid)
B Base course for alleys (machine or hand-laid)
Base course for trench resurfacing (machine-laid)
Wearing surface for streets and alleys (machine-laid) PG 76-10 (modified) :
Leveling course (machine-laid) Major Highways and
Overlay (capping) 1½” (38 mm) minimum thickness Bus Lanes
C2 (machine-laid)
Surfacing for streets, 4” (100 mm) total thickness PG 70-10: Major and
(machine-laid) Secondary Highways.
Base coarse for trench (hand-laid)
Wearing surface for streets and alleys (hand-laid) PG 64-16, PG64-10,
Wearing surface for trench resurfacing (machine-laid) PG58-16. Collector
Overlay (capping) less than 1½” (38 mm) thick Streets, local streets
D2 (machine-laid) and alleys1
PG70-10 or PG76-10
D2
Extruded curb (modified)
Restricted areas
Feather edging PG64-16
E
Wearing surface for trench (hand-laid) PG64-10
AC sidewalks
1) For grades over 10 percent, use PG70-10 and the next coarser aggregate grade.
At least two courses shall be laid when the new AC pavement is thicker than 4 inches.
The top course shall be a wearing surface course 2 inches thick.
No more than 10 days shall elapse between the removal and the replacing of the
wearing surface.
When resurfacing is to be done at separate, widely spaced areas, the Contractor

shall schedule sufficient equipment and labor to meet this time limitation.
The Contractor shall schedule the paving work such that no longitudinal dropoffs on
the pavement will remain overnight in the traveled way. Any transverse dropoffs on the
pavement over 1 in in height that will remain overnight shall be ramped with temporary AC
pavement. The ramp shall be 4 in run for each 1 in of height. Pavement surface
disruptions in marked bike lanes or routes of 1/2 inch or more shall have a beveled edge
th
B-4765 SHEET 94 OF 157
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
of 8 horizontal to 1 vertical.
302-5.5 Distribution and Spreading. Delete the first sentence of the first paragraph and
replace with the following:
Wherever AC pavement does not terminate against a curb, gutter, or another
pavement, the Contractor shall provide and install a redwood or pressure treated Douglas
Fir header at the line of termination.
Add the following at the end of the third paragraph:

All longitudinal joints and transverse joints shall be rolled before the temperature of
the edge of the mat falls below 190°F. All longitudinal joints and transverse joints rolled
at a temperature below 190°F shall be trimmed to a neat straight edge 1 foot back from
the edge to provide a straight vertical join line before paving against the new joint.
Add the following at the end of sixth paragraph:

The machine shall operate independently of the vehicle being unloaded and be
capable of propelling the vehicle being unloaded at a uniform rate. While being unloaded,
the vehicle shall be in contact with the machine at all times and the brakes of the vehicle
being unloaded shall not be depended upon to maintain contact between the vehicle
being unloaded and the machine.
The speed of the spreading and finishing machine shall be coordinated with the
supply of the material to eliminate unnecessary delays while awaiting material delivery.
302-5.6 Rolling.
302-5.6.2 Density and Smoothness. Add the following after the first paragraph:
If the AC base course is 6 inches or thicker, the Contractor may, at its option, construct
the base course in one paving operation using one 8 to 10 ton (7.2 to 9.1 tonne) tandem
roller; one 14 ton (12.6 tonne) 3-axle tandem roller; and one 12 ton (10.8 tonne) tandem
roller for each mechanical spreading machine used, with no limitation on daily tonnage
laid. Partial breakdown shall be accomplished by the 8- to 10 ton (7.2 to 9.1 tonne)
tandem roller immediately after the base material is laid. The 3-axle tandem roller shall
complete the compaction of the base material within 30 minutes of laying. Subsequent
rolling to smooth the surface and complete the densification shall be accomplished by the
12 ton (10.8 tonne) tandem roller.
Delete the rest of the Subsection after the first paragraph and replace with the following:
The minimum relative compaction after rolling shall be 95% based on the field density
and the laboratory density obtained by Marshall Test Method as described in 302-5.9.3.1.
Pavement at all longitudinal joints shall have minimum relative compaction of 95%, as
described above. When the test results of the field cores are less than 95% relative
compaction, the Contractor shall remove a 1 foot (0.30 meter) wide section on each side
of the longitudinal joint. The Contractor shall replace the removed pavement with an
asphalt mix that meets the job specification at no additional cost to the City.
B-4765
th
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
Paved areas not subject to vehicular traffic shall have minimum relative compaction
of 90%, as described above.
Before acceptance, all pavement shall be water tested to ensure proper drainage as
directed by the Inspector. The Contractor shall provide water for this purpose.
Full compensation for complying with this requirement shall be considered as included
in the Contract price for the pavement.

302-5.6.3 Final Finishing.
At the time the pavement is opened to traffic, the surface shall have not less than a
0.35 dynamic coefficient of friction when tested in accordance with California Test
Method 342. The surface of cross walks shall also have a dynamic coefficient of friction
of not less than 0.35 when tested in accordance with California Test Method 342.
302-5.8 Manholes (and other structures). Add the following to the end of third
paragraph:
The placement of the ACWS shall be completed within four (4) working days after a
MH frame has been set to grade.
302-5.9 Measurement and Payment. Add the following subsection heading before the
first sentence of the first Paragraph: 302-5.9.1 General.
L.A.C.E.
302-5.9 Measurement and Payment. INDEX
Add the following between the third and fourth Paragraphs:
The City will pay up to five (5) percent premium, based on the bid price, for Asphalt
Concrete Pavement that is of higher quality than the minimum specified. However, the
City will apply a penalty for any Asphalt Concrete Pavement that is of lower quality than
specified. If the Contractor does not wish to accept this penalty, the Asphalt Concrete
Pavement that the penalty is applied to shall be removed and replaced with Asphalt
Concrete Pavement that meets the specifications at no additional cost to the City. The
premium or penalty shall not apply to permit projects. However, Asphalt Concrete
Pavement supplied to permit projects with a Total Pay Factor less than 80% shall be
rejected. Asphalt Concrete Pavement supplied to permit projects with a Total Pay Factor
of 80% or greater shall be accepted without penalty or premium payment.
302-5.9 Measurement and Payment. Add the following subsection after the last
paragraph:
302-5.9.2 Acceptance.
For the purposes of this Subsection, a unit of pavement for acceptance will be based
th
B-4765 SHEET 96 OF 157
on a lot (or sublot) definition as designated in 302-5.1.
For each lot (or sublot) of pavement the Contractor shall apply a sample of asphalt
binder. The sample of asphalt binder shall be tested by the City to insure that it conforms
to the provisions in 203-1.
The asphalt concrete pavement shall be accepted based on the laboratory testing
of the samples taking on the field or at the Plant, as stipulated in 302-5.1, and the Relative
Compaction measurements, as prescribed in 302-5.9.3.1.
Asphalt concrete pavement shall be accepted in accordance with Table No. 302 -
5.9.2(A). However, the Inspector may accept asphalt concrete pavement with Total
Percent Air Voids equal to 10% and an Average Relative Compaction of 95% or more.
The Contractor shall apply an emulsion-aggregate slurry coat to this Asphalt Concrete
pavement at no additional cost to the City.
Total Percent Air Voids is derived from field core samples or nuclear density
measurements combined with the percent laboratory air voids from the Marshall Method
laboratory density for each lot of pavement laid.
TABLE 302-5.9.2(A)* L.A.C.E.

ASPHALT CONCRETE ACCEPTANCE TABLE INDEX
Acceptable Total Percent Air Voids (TAV) in Pavement
Relative Percent Laboratory Air Voids (LAV) in Laboratory Sample
Compact.
of Field 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Core
95 See 7 8 9 10
96 Table 6 7 8 9 10 See Table No. 302-5.9.3.1(B)
97 No.30 5 6 7 8 9 10
98 2-5.9. 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
99 3.1 (C) 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
100 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
*The values in this table are rounded to the nearest whole number
6 (For grey shaded, numbered cells of table.)

Acceptable Total Air Voids (TAV) in Pavement. Number in the box represents the total air voids
percent.
10 (For white, numbered cells of table.)

Borderline, acceptable if approved by the Engineer and Emulsion-Aggregate-Slurry is applied to
the pavement surface. Number in the box represents the total air voids percent.
(For white, un-numbered cells of table.)

Not acceptable for Major and Secondary Highways. Contractor must remove the pavement.
However, the Inspector may accept this asphalt pavement if the Contractor is willing to accept the
Relative Compaction Pay Factor in Table 302-5.9.3.1(B) [LAV≥5%] or Table 302-5.9.3.1(C) [LAV
≤ 1.1%]. For Collector, Local Streets, and Alleys with Asphalt Concrete Pavement with 1.1% or
B-4765
th
less LAV in the laboratory sample, Table 302-5.9.3.1(B) shall apply.

302- 5.9.3 Payment Clause.
The premium or penalty shall be based on the following:
Adjusted Contract Unit Price (ACUP)

The ACUP shall be calculated as follows:
ACUP = Σ Total Asphalt Pavement Class Prices (TAPCP) for all classes of Asphalt
Pavement laid. The ACUP shall be used to calculate the total compensation due the
Contractor for all of the asphalt concrete pavement laid.
Total Asphalt Pavement Class Price (TAPCP)

The Contract Unit Price shall be adjusted by the Total Pay Factor (TPF) and the
thickness of each class of Asphalt Concrete Pavement constructed. The result will be
the TAPCP for that class of asphalt concrete pavement.
The TAPCP shall be calculated as follows:

TAPCP = Total Pay Factor x (Thickness of the class of Asphalt Concrete Pavement
constructed ÷Total Thickness of the Asphalt Concrete Pavement section constructed) x
(Contract Unit Price for Asphalt Concrete Pavement).
For sewer and storm drain projects where a unit price is not provided, a stipulated unit
price of $70.00/Ton ($77.16/Tonne) shall be assumed. This unit price shall be deducted
from the price bid for the pipe.
Total Pay Factor (TPF).

The TPF for each class of pavement laid is based on the quality and workmanship
provided by the Contractor during the paving operation and the quality of the Hot Mix
Asphalt (HMA) supplied to the work site. Specifically, the quality and workmanship of the
Contractor shall be measured by the relative compaction for each unit of the Asphalt
Concrete Pavement laid (40 percent of the TPF). The quality of the HMA shall be
measured by:
1. Stability, Gradation, and Oil Content (30 percent of the TPF). L.A.C.E.
2. Air Voids (30 percent of the TPF). INDEX
The following formula shall be used to calculate the TPF for all Work except vendor
supplied HMA:
TPF=0.40(RCPF)+0.30(SGOPF)+0.30(AVPF)
Where:
RCPF is the Relative Compaction Pay Factor from Table 302-5.9.3.1(B);
SGOPF is the Stability, Gradation, and Oil Content Pay Factor from Table
302-5.9.3.2(B);
AVPF is the Air Voids Pay Factor from Table 302-5.9.3.3(A) and Table
302-5.9.3.3(B).
B-4765
th
The following formula shall be used to calculate the TPF for vendor supplied HMA:
TPF=0.50(SGOPF)+0.50(AVPF).
302-5.9.3.1 Relative Compaction Pay Factor (RCPF).

The following equations shall be used to evaluate whether the TAV in the pavement
mat falls within the acceptable area of Table No. 302-5.9.2(B). All of the equations must
be met to apply the RCPF from the Table 302-5.9.3.1(A). If any of the following equations
are not met, the RCPF shall be calculated per Tables 302-5.9.3.1(C) or 302-5.9.3.1(D) for
that lot.
Major or Secondary Highways (ESALs > 1 Million)

1. LAV>1.0
2. Relative Compaction (RC) is less than 95%, then TAV ≤ 9.0
3. If RC equal or greater than 95, then TAV ≤ 10.0. The Contractor must apply
a slurry coat at no additional cost to the City if 9.5<TAV<10.5.
Collector, Local Streets and Alleys (ESALs < 1 Million)

1. LAV > 0
L.A.C.E.
Where: INDEX
TAV = (100 -RC + LAV);
RC = Relative Compaction of Field Core in percent, to the nearest whole
number;
LAV = Mean value of laboratory Air Voids in percent rounded to the nearest
tenth of a decimal;
ESAL = Equivalent Single Axle Load.
For the purposes of this Subsection, a unit of pavement will be a lot or sublot as
described in 302-5.1. At the time after the asphalt pavement has been placed, as is
determined by the Inspector to be appropriate, Relative Compaction measurements will
be made in each unit of pavement. The Relative Compaction measurements shall be
determined by dividing the Bulk Specific Gravity of each field sample or nuclear gauge
measurement by the average Laboratory Bulk Specific Gravity of the lot. The test
methods shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D 2950-11, ASTM D 6926-10 /
AASHTO T245-97 (2008), and ASTM D 2726-11 / AASHTO T166-12 or ASTM D
1188-07e1 / AASHTO T275-07(2012), whichever is applicable. The exact location and
number of Relative Compaction measurements, both longitudinally and transversely,
within each unit of pavement will be determined by the Inspector. However, there shall not
be less than four cores or twenty nuclear gauge measurements per project or unit of
pavement. If the field cores are made in a lot or sublot where nuclear gauge
measurements were previously made, the Relative Compaction measurements
determined from these field cores shall supersede the measurements originally made by
nuclear gauge.
If a Relative Compaction measurement does not meet the requirements in 302-5.6.2,
B-4765
th
the Inspector will require two additional cores or eight nuclear gauge measurements in
the unit of pavement. The Inspector will determine the location, within the unit of
pavement, of the additional cores or nuclear gauge measurements both longitudinally
and transversely. The additional Relative Compaction measurements shall be
determined in the same manner as the original ones. Each unit of pavement for which
Relative Compaction measurements are made according to this paragraph will be
deemed to be all of the same Relative Compaction as the average of all of the cores
taken in the panel. Each Relative Compaction measurement made according to this
paragraph will be included in the calculation of the RCPF.
All holes remaining in the Asphalt pavement after the Relative Compaction
measurements are made shall be completely filled by the Contractor. The holes shall be
filled at the Contractor’s expense with asphalt pavement of the same quality as that used
to construct the pavement.
The cost of all Relative Compaction measurements made following these provisions
will be deducted from any monies due, or that may become due, the Contractor under the
contract. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional compensation nor
extension of time due to any of the provisions in this Subsection.
If the Contractor believes that the number of Relative Compaction measurements

made in a unit of pavement are insufficient to fairly indicate the actual Relative
Compaction of the pavement placed, the Contractor may request additional Relative
Compaction measurements. The additional Relative Compaction measurements will be
used in determining the Relative Compaction measurement for the unit. The Inspector
will determine the location of the additional Relative Compaction measurements. The
cost of all additional measurements made shall be deducted from any monies due, or that
may become due, the Contractor under the contract.
The Relative Compaction Pay Factor (RCPF) from Table No. 302-5.9.3.1(B) shall be
applied if the Relative Compaction measurements for the lots meet the requirements in
Table 302-5.9.2(A) and equations in 302-5.9.3.1. Otherwise, the RCPF shall be
calculated by Table Nos. 302-5.9.3.1(C) and 302-5.9.3.1(D).
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 100 OF 157
TABLE 302-5.9.3.1(B)
RELATIVE COMPACTION PAY FACTOR (RCPF)
Relative Compaction of Field Core
Or Relative Compaction Pay Factor
Nuclear Density (RCPF)
100% 1.05
99% 1.04
98% 1.03
97% 1.02
96% 1.01
95% 1.00
94% 0.95
93% 0.85
92% 0.75
91% 0.65
90% 0.55
RC<90%* 0
*Asphalt pavement with Relative Compaction less than 90 percent shall be rejected. However, The Engineer
may accept this Asphalt Pavement if the contractor is willing to accept a zero (0.00) Pay Factor for Relative
Compaction.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
TABLE 302-5.9.3.1 (C)
RELATIVE COMPACTION PAY FACTOR (RCPF) VS TOTAL AIR VOIDS IN
PAVEMENT
Total Relative Compaction
Air
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90
Voids
1.1 1.05 1.04
2.0 1.05 1.04 1.03
3.0 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02
4.0 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.01
5.0 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.01 1.00
6.0 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.01 1.00 0.95
7.0 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.01 1.00 0.95 0.85
8.0 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.01 1.00 0.95 0.85 0.75
9.0 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.01 1.00 0.95 0.85 0.75
9.1 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.01 1.00 0.95 0.85 0.75
9.2 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.01 1.00 0.95 0.85 0.75
9.3 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.01 1.00 0.95 0.85 0.75
9.4 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.01 1.00 0.95 0.85 0.75
9.5 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.01 1.00 0.95 0.85 0.75
9.6 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.01 1.00 0.95 0.85 0.75
B-4765
th
9.7 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.01 1.00 0.95 0.85 0.75
9.8 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.01 1.00 0.95 0.85 0.75
9.9 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.01 1.00 0.95 0.85 0.75
10.0 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.01 1.00 0.95 0.85 0.75
10.1 1.00 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.96 0.95 0.90 0.80 0.70
10.2 0.95 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.91 0.90 0.85 0.75 0.65 0.55
10.3 0.90 0.89 0.88 0.87 0.86 0.85 0.80 0.70 0.60 0.50
10.4 0.85 0.84 0.83 0.82 0.81 0.80 0.75 0.65 0.55 0.45
10.5 0.80 0.79 0.78 0.77 0.76 0.75 0.70 0.60 0.50 0.40
10.6 0.75 0.74 0.73 0.72 0.71 0.70 0.65 0.55 0.45 0.35
10.7 0.70 0.69 0.68 0.67 0.66 0.65 0.60 0.50 0.40 0.30
10.8 0.65 0.64 0.63 0.62 0.61 0.60 0.55 0.45 0.35 0.25
10.9 0.60 0.59 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.55 0.50 0.40 0.30 0.20
11.0 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.52 0.51 0.50 0.45 0.35 0.25 0.15
11.1 0.50 0.49 0.48 0.47 0.46 0.45 0.40 0.30 0.20 0.10
11.2 0.45 0.44 0.43 0.42 0.41 0.40 0.35 0.25 0.15 0.05
11.3 0.40 0.39 0.38 0.37 0.36 0.35 0. 30 0.20 0.10 0.00
11.4 0.35 0.34 0.33 0.32 0.31 0.30 0.25 0.15 0.05 0.00
11.5 0.30 0.29 0.28 0.27 0.26 0.25 0.20 0.10 0.00 0.00
TABLE 302-5.9.3.1 (D)

RELATIVE COMPACTION PAY FACTOR (RCPF) VS PERCENT LABORATORY AIR
VOIDS (LAV) IN LAB. SAMPLE
Relative
Compaction
Percent Laboratory Air Voids (LAV) in Laboratory Sample
of Field
Density
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1
100 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00 1.05
99 0.49 0.54 0.59 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.89 0.94 0.99 1.04
98 0.48 0.53 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.88 0.93 0.98 1.03
97 0.47 0.52 0.57 0.62 0.67 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.92 0.97 1.02
96 0.46 0.51 0.56 0.61 0.66 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.91 0.96 1.01
95 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
94 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95
93 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85
92 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75
91 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65
90 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55
89 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
*Asphalt pavement with Relative Compaction less than 90 percent shall be rejected. However, The Engineer
may accept this Asphalt Pavement if the contractor is willing to accept a zero (0.00) Pay Factor for Relative
Compaction.
B-4765
th
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
302- 5.9.3.2 Stability, Gradation, and Oil Content Pay Factor(SGOPF).
The job-mix tolerances shown in Table No. 302-5.9.3.2(B) shall be applied to the
approved job-mix formula to establish a job control-grading band. However, deviation
from the approved job-mix formula shall not be greater than the “Job Control Grading
Band” and shall be based on daily plant extraction in accordance with ASTM D 2172-11
or AASHTO T-308-10 Ignition method. Aggregate gradation shall be determined in
accordance with ASTM C136-06 (Dry Sieve) if ASTM D 2172-11 is used. When T308-10
is used, AASHTO T30-13 shall be performed. The Stability and Oil Content Pay Factor
shall be also applied in accordance with Table No.302-5.9.3.2 (B).
The Contractor/supplier shall substantiate test requirements through LADGS,

Standards Division (213) 485-2242.
TABLE 302-5.9.3.2(A)
JOB CONTROL GRADING BAND
(Applicable to all classes of AC or RAC)
For Class Specification Limits
Size, in (mm)
(AC or RAC) (T.V.* Percent Passing)
A, B, C, D, E & F 37.5(1-½”) 100%
A 1 in. (25) T.V. + or – 2% (100% for Class B & smaller)
A and B 3/4 in. (19) T.V. + or – 4% (100% for Class C & smaller)
A, B and C 1/2 in. (12.5) T.V. + or – 5% (100% for Class D & smaller)
A, B, C & D 3/8 in. (9.5) T.V. + or – 6% (100% for Class E & F)
A, B, C, D, E & F No.4 (4.75) T.V. + or – 6%
A, B, C, D, E & F No.8 (2.36) T.V. + or – 5%
A, B, C, D, E & F No.30 (0.60) T.V. + or – 4%
A, B, C, D, E & F No.50 (0.30) T.V. + or – 3%
A, B, C, D, E & F No.200 (0.075) T.V. + or – 1%
A, B, C, D, E & F Asphalt Content T.V. + or – 0.45%
*T.V. = Target Value from approved Job Mix Formula submitted in accordance with 203-6.2 or 203-7.3.2
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 103 OF 157
TABLE 302-5.9.3.2(B)
STABILITY, GRADATION AND OIL CONTENT PAY FACTOR
(For unmodified binder mixes only and Recycled Asphalt Concrete Mixes, RAC)
Pay factor to be applied to a minimum of four samples per day* Pay Factor
(Applies to each sample) (SGOPF)
If Stability does not meet minimum requirements, the SGOPF is 0. 0
For each 500lbs of Stability above the maximum requirements reduce
SGOPF by 0.1. For Stability more than 8000lbs the SGOPF is 0.
All sieves, Asphalt Content and Stability meet requirements. 1.05
One sieve does not meet requirements but Sieve # 200, Asphalt Content and 1.00
Stability meet requirements.
Two sieves do not meet requirements but Sieve #200, Asphalt Content and 0.90
Three sieves do not meet requirements but Sieve #200, Asphalt Content and 0.80
Four sieves do not meet requirements but Sieve #200, Asphalt Content and 0.70
For each additional sieve that does not meet requirements reduce SGOPF
by additional 0.1.
If asphalt content does not meet requirements, reduce SGOPF by additional
0.20.
If Sieve #200 does not meet requirements, reduce SGOPF by additional
0.03 per every 0.1% (∆200) out of specification to 1.0 maximum.
* The Engineer may agree to combine multiple day samples for average pay factor determination with a
minimum of four samples per submission (day).
302-5.9.3.3 Air Voids Pay Factor (AVPF)

The AVPF shall be based on Table No. 302 - 5.9.3.3(A). The Air Voids Pay Factor
(AVPF) shown below shall be applied to the statistical analysis of air void data obtained by
the LADGS, Standards Division in accordance with Tables No. 302-5.9.3.3(A) and
302-5.9.3.3(B).
TABLE 302-5.9.3.3(A)
AIR VOIDS PAY FACTOR CHART
(Field Or Plant Samples)
Air Voids Pay Factor (AVPF)
Statistical % Air Voids Local Streets and Major,
Service Roads, Secondary Hwy
Field or Plant Samples Alleys and Collector
Streets
Less than 1.1 0.25 0*
1.1 to less than 1.5 0.5 0.5
L.A.C.E.
1.5 to less than 2.0 0.75 0.75
INDEX
B-4765
th
2.0 to less than2.5 0.85 1.00
2.5 to less than3.0 0.95 1.05
3.0 to less than 3.5 1.00 1.05
3.5 to less than 4.0 1.05 1.00
4.0 less than 4.5 1.05 0.95
4.5 to less than 5.0 1.00 0.95
5.0 to less than 6.0 0.85 0.75
6.0 to less than 7.0 0.60 0.5
7.0 to less than 8.0 0.40 0.25
8.0 and larger 0* 0*
*This material is rejected. However, The Engineer may accept this Asphalt concrete mixture if the Contractor
is willing to accept a zero (0.00) Pay Factor for air voids. The Engineer may agree to combine multiple day
samples for average pay factor determination with a minimum of four samples per submission.
TABLE 302 - 5.9.3.3(B)

AIR VOIDS WEIGHT FACTOR (AVWF) AND AIR VOIDS PAY FACTOR (AVPF)
Statistical analysis of all Weight Air Voids Pay (WF)x(PF)
Samples/day or Lot Factor Factor
(WF) (AVPF)
See chart
Mean + one Standard Deviation* 0.4
302-5.9.3.3(A)
See chart
Mean* 0.2
302-5.9.3.3(A)
See chart
Mean – one Standard Deviation* 0.4
302-5.9.3.3(A)
Total Air Voids Pay Factor Σ[(WF)x(PF)]
th
*Statistical values are rounded to the nearest 10 of a decimal before calculating the AVPF.
302-5.9.4 Pavement Thickness

The asphalt pavement shall be constructed according to the total thickness
requirements of the asphalt pavement of the plans and specifications. Tolerances
allowed for subgrade construction and other provisions of these specifications that may
affect thickness shall not be construed to modify those thickness requirements. The
Inspector will determine compliance with the thickness requirements in accordance with
the provisions of this Subsection. The liability of the Contractor for failure to comply with
the thickness requirements and the right of the City in the event of that failure shall also
be governed by the provisions of this Subsection.
For the purposes of this Subsection, a unit of pavement will be 1,200 tons (1,089
tonnes) or as directed by the Engineer.
At such time after the asphalt pavement has been placed as is determined by
Inspector to be appropriate, thickness measurements will be made in each unit of
pavement. The exact location and number of thickness measurements, both
th
B-4765 SHEET 105 OF 157
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
longitudinally and transversely, within each unit of pavement will be determined by the
Inspector. However, there shall be at least one thickness measurement per project or
unit of pavement. Pavement thickness measurements shall be in accordance with
California Test 531, to the nearest 1/16 in.
Pavement thickness variations from the thickness requirements of the Plans and
Specifications will be determined by comparing the actual thickness measurements with
the thickness specified at the location where the measurement was made. The variation
will be determined to the nearest 1/16 in as either excess or deficient thickness.
When cores are taken to determine the thickness of the Asphalt pavement, it is
anticipated that a layer of treated permeable base will adhere to the bottom of the core.
Before determining the thickness of the Asphalt pavement, all particles of treated
permeable base shall be removed from the bottom of the core.
All holes remaining in the Asphalt pavement after thickness measurements are made
shall be completely filled by the Contractor at his expense with Asphalt pavement of the
same quality as used to construct the pavement.
If the thickness measurement is deficient in thickness by 3/32 in or more but 5/8 in or

less for major, secondary, or collector streets, the Contractor shall pay the City, and the
City may deduct from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the
contract, a sum computed by applying the deficiency adjustment from the following table
to the area of that unit of asphalt concrete pavement.
Thickness Deficiency of
Deficiency Adjustment in
the total structural section
Dollars per square foot
for major, secondary and collector
(Dollars per square meter)
streets, in inches (millimeters)
3/32" (2.4) $0.04 ($0.38)
1/4" (6.4) $0.12 ($1.22)
21/64" (8.3) $0.20 ($2.08)
15/32" (11.9) $0.33 ($3.38) L.A.C.E.
5/8" (15.9) $0.49 ($4.98) INDEX
For each thickness measurement that is deficient by more than 5/8 in, the Inspector
will require two additional cores in the unit of pavement. The Inspector will determine the
location, within the unit of pavement, of the additional cores both longitudinally and
transversely. The thickness of the additional cores will be determined in the same
manner as the original core. Each unit of pavement for which thickness measurements
are made in accordance with this paragraph shall be deemed to be, in its entirety, of the
thickness that is the average of the three cores taken in the panel. For those panels that
are less than 5/8 in deficient, the Contractor shall pay the City, and the City may deduct
from any monies due, or that may become due the Contractor under the contract, a sum
computed by applying the deficiency adjustment from the above table to the area of that
unit of pavement. For those units of pavement that are more than 5/8 in deficient, the
th
B-4765 SHEET 106 OF 157
Inspector will determine which panels, if any, shall be removed and replaced in
accordance with procedure (1) below and the units of pavement, if any, which shall
remain in place in accordance with procedure (2) below.
If the thickness measurement is deficient in thickness by 3/32 in or more but 35/64 in

or less for local streets, the Contractor shall pay the City, and the City may deduct from
any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the contract, a sum
computed by applying the deficiency adjustment from the following table to the area of
that unit of asphalt concrete pavement.
Thickness Deficiency of
the total structural section
for Local streets
in inches (millimeters)
3/32” (2.4) $0.04 ($0.38)
3/16” (4.8) $0.09 ($0.91)
¼” (6.3) $0.12 ($1.22)
13/32” (10.3) $0.29 ($2.92)
35/64” (13.9) $0.43 ($4.35)
For each thickness measurement on local streets that is deficient by more than 35/64
inch, the Inspector will require two additional cores in the unit of pavement. The Inspector
will determine the location within the unit of pavement of the additional cores both
longitudinally and transversely. The thickness of the additional cores will be determined in
the same manner as the original core. Each unit of pavement for which thickness
measurements are made in accordance with this paragraph shall be deemed to be, in its
entirety, of the thickness that is the average of the three cores taken in the panel.
For those panels that are less than 35/64 inches deficient, the Contractor shall pay the
City, and the City may deduct from any monies due, or that may become due the
Contractor under the contract, a sum computed by applying the deficiency adjustment
from the above table to the area of that unit of pavement. For those units of pavement
that are more than 35/64 inches deficient, the Inspector will determine which panels, if
any, shall be removed and replaced according to procedure (1) below and the units of
pavement, if any, which shall remain in place according to procedure (2) below.
If the thickness measurement is deficient in thickness by 1/8 in or more but 3/4 inches
or less for Asphalt Concrete Overlays, the Contractor shall pay the City, and the City may
deduct from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the contract,
a sum computed by applying the deficiency adjustment from the following table to the
area of that unit of asphalt concrete pavement.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 107 OF 157
Thickness Deficiency of the
total structural section for
Asphalt Concrete Overlays
1/8” (3.2) $0.06 ($0.61)
1/4” (6.3) $0.12 ($1.22)
1/2” (12.7) $0.39 ($3.98)
11/16” (17.5) $0.42 ($4.38)
3/4” (19.0) $0.59 ($5.95)
For each thickness measurement that is deficient by more than 3/4 in, the Inspector
will require two additional cores in the unit of pavement. The Inspector will determine the
location within the unit of pavement of the additional cores both longitudinally and
transversely. The thickness of the additional cores will be determined in the same
manner as the original core. Each unit of pavement for which thickness measurements
are made in accordance with this paragraph will be deemed to be, in its entirety, of the
thickness that is the average of the three cores taken in the panel. For
those panels that are less than 3/4 in deficient, the Contractor shall pay the City, and the
City may deduct from any monies due, or that may become due the Contractor under the
contract, a sum computed by applying the deficiency adjustment from the above table to
the area of that unit of pavement. For those units of pavement that are more than 3/4 in
deficient, the Inspector will determine which panels, if any, shall be removed and
replaced according to procedure (1) below and the units of pavement, if any, which shall
remain in place according to procedure (2) below.
The criteria the Inspector will use to determine which panels shall be removed and
replaced for all asphalt concrete pavement laid (except asphalt concrete sidewalk) is
based on the following:
(1) The Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s expense, remove and replace the asphalt
pavement in the units of pavement with asphalt pavement meeting the thickness
and all other requirements of the plans and specifications. Subgrade shall be
lowered as necessary to meet the full thickness requirements. Replaced
pavement will be tested for thickness compliance in the same manner as the
original pavement was tested and will be subject to the same thickness
requirements of the specifications.
(2) The Contractor shall leave the units of pavement in place if they meet all of the
other requirements of the plans and specifications, and the Contractor shall pay to
the City $27.00 per square yard for the units of pavement left in place and the City
may deduct that amount from any monies due, or that may become due, the
Contractor under the contract.
The cost of all of the thickness measurements made according to these provisions will
be deducted from any monies due, or that may become due, the Contractor under the
extension of time due to any of the provisions in this Subsection. No additional
compensation will be allowed the Contractor for any pavement constructed in excess of
th
B-4765 SHEET 108 OF 157
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
the thickness requirements of the plans and specifications.
If the Contractor believes that the number of thickness measurements made in a unit
of pavement by the Inspector in accordance with this Subsection are insufficient to fairly
indicate the actual thickness of the pavement placed, the Contractor may request that
additional thickness measurements be made by the Inspector. The additional thickness
measurements will be used in determining the average thickness variation. The
Inspector will determine the location of the additional thickness measurements. The cost
of all additional measurements made will be deducted from any monies due, or that may
become due, the Contractor under the contract.

302-5.9.5 Dispute Resolution. Construction Materials Dispute Resolution for Rock
Products and Asphalt Concrete
Material testing is a requirement for Project Acceptance, as defined by Standard
Specifications for Public Works Construction as amended by City of Los Angeles Brown
Book, or by the Special Provisions.
Level 1 – Initial Review

Whenever Quality Control test results performed by the contractor of materials
supplied to City differ from acceptance test(s) performed by the City of Los Angeles
testing agency, which may be significant enough to warrant a Notice of Noncompliance,
the Contractor and/or Materials Supplier may request an initial review of test results.
Each Party will provide test results and procedures for the work in question. The purpose
of this request is to resolve any issues at this initial step without creating further dispute(s)
whenever possible.
Level 2 - Formal Cooperative Investigation

If the initial review does not result in an agreement, within fourteen (14) days of the
receipt of Notice of Noncompliance the Contractor or Material Supplier may request a
formal cooperative review of test results. The request for review shall be submitted in
writing to the project Engineer and include a copy of all pertinent Quality Control test
results and/or other documentation to substantiate the review request. Within Seven (7)
days of the request for review the Project Engineer shall arrange a meeting with the
Contractor, the Material Supplier, Project Inspector and the City of Los Angeles Materials
Testing Laboratory.
At this meeting, each party will provide the other party all test results, procedures,
working sheets, and notes for the disputed tests. The purpose of this meeting is to
discuss and jointly or separately review all test results and other relevant documentation.
If this Cooperative review reaches a resolution acceptable to the City, the Contractor, and
the Material Supplier, the dispute is considered fully resolved.
If the matter is not resolved during the formal cooperative review, a written request for
Dispute Resolution may be submitted to the Administrative Review Board through the
B-4765
th
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
City Project Engineer within fourteen (14) calendar days of the conclusion of the formal
review. For material testing disputes, the Contractor and Material Supplier must jointly
make this request. All requests for dispute resolution must be addressed to the
Administrative Review Board (ARB).
Level 3 - Dispute Resolution

All requests for dispute resolution will be forwarded to the City of Los Angeles ARB.
The ARB shall have the authority to preside over, review all facts and recommend the
final resolution of all disputes that arise during construction of City projects. The ARB
shall include knowledgeable professionals from City and private industry, which will be
comprised of the personnel listed below.
1- Representative from City of Los Angeles Bureau of Engineering (RCE)

2- Representative from City of Los Angeles Bureau of Contract Administration
3- Representative from City of Los Angeles Testing Laboratory (RCE)
4- Representative from the Material Supplier
5- Representative from the Contractor.
All efforts should be made to eliminate any conflict at staff level prior to referral of the
dispute to the ARB.
Within fourteen (14) calendar days of receipt of the request by the Administrative
Review Board, the Board will convene a dispute resolution meeting. At this meeting, the
ARB should request additional testing, if required, by a neutral Third Party Testing
Laboratory.
Within seven (7) calendar days of receipt of a request for resolution, the City of Los
Angeles shall arrange a meeting with the Contractor and Material Supplier and identify a
laboratory acceptable to the City, the Contractor and the Material Supplier. Laboratories
must be AMRL accredited D 3666-11 (Certified Material Acceptance Laboratory) and
accredited for each of the referenced tests that will be performed. In order to expedite the
procedures, a list of qualified laboratories shall be generated and updated annually for
various types of material testing. The ARB shall select one of the approved testing
laboratories in a blind draw.
The Third Party Laboratory shall perform tests of disputed material as directed by the
ARB. If there is insufficient material to conduct the required testing, the Third Party
Testing Laboratory shall obtain a representative sample from the project as directed by
the ARB, in accordance with the appropriate ASTM or AASHTO standard of care and
practice, to conduct the referenced testing associated with the dispute. Representatives
of the Contractor, Materials Supplier and the City Testing Agency shall be notified in a
timely manner of the opportunity to be present at all sampling and testing operations by
the Third Party Laboratory. The City, Contractor, and Material Supplier may also take
samples at the same time and place, conduct their own testing, and forward the results to
the ARB.
Unless otherwise agreed, the laboratory will have seven (7) calendar days from
B-4765
th
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
obtaining the representative sample to complete their tests and submit their results to the
Administrative Review Board. After review of test results from the Third Party Laboratory
and all other relevant testing results and information, the ARB shall make a
recommendation for final resolution of the dispute.
Unless otherwise agreed, the costs of the Third Party Laboratory testing shall initially
be borne by the Material Supplier until a resolution has been reached by the ARB as
identified below.
Once started, the resolution process shall continue to full conclusion unless:
1. At any point prior to the final resolution by the ARB either the City, or the Contractor
and Material Supplier (jointly), withdraws from the process, the withdrawing party
agrees to bear all costs associated with the Third Party Testing Laboratory thus far
incurred; or
2. At any point by mutual agreement of the City, the Contractor, and the Material
Supplier, a decision is made to terminate the dispute.
Unless otherwise agreed, each party shall bear all their internal investigative costs.
Should the ARB discover assignable causes for the contradiction, the assignable party
shall bear all costs associated with the Third Party Laboratory. Should assignable causes
for the contradiction extend to all parties, the ARB will assign costs proportionate to each
party, or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation substantiate a contradiction
without assignable cause, the ARB will assign costs proportionately to each party, or
when necessary, equally. Should the ARB be unable to substantiate a contradiction, the
Material Supplier shall bear all costs associated with the Third Party Testing Laboratory,
unless the ARB decides otherwise.
All claim notification requirements of the contract pertaining to the contradiction still
apply.
302-5.10 Asphalt Concrete Curb. Add subsections 302-5.10.1 through 302-5.10.3:

302-5.10.1 General. Asphalt concrete curb shall be constructed of PG 70-10, 75 Blows
asphalt concrete conforming to 203-6, and shall be placed upon new or existing asphalt
concrete or Portland cement concrete pavement. The dimensions and configuration shall
be as shown on the Plans or the City’s Standard Plans.
302-5.10.2 Tack Coat. A tack coat conforming to 302-5.4 shall be applied to the existing
asphalt concrete pavement prior to placing the curb.
302-5.10.3 Measurement and Payment. Asphalt concrete curb will be measured by the
linear foot. Payment for asphalt concrete curb will be made at the Contract unit price.
Said price shall constitute full compensation for furnishing and placing all materials
required, including tack coat, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals required
to complete the work.
th
B-4765 SHEET 111 OF 157
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
302-6 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT.
If directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit concrete pouring schedules and
required rebar and joint layouts to the Engineer for approval prior to start of work. The
schedules shall also include all the construction sequences including all form works and
the construction of all joints.

To facilitate the flow of traffic or access to properties, the Contractor may be directed
to provide admixtures or additional cement to the PCC being used for PCC pavement.
Payment will be made based upon the actual invoice cost for the additional materials.
302-6.4 Finishing.
302-6.4.1 General. Add the following to the end of subsection:
The concrete pavement over a utility trench shall have utility owner information and the
month and the year of the resurfacing permanently etched or stamped per 306-1.5.2.
302-6.4 Finishing.
302-6.4.4 Final Finishing. Add the following to the end of subsection:
No special coating, texture or finish including sandblasting or acid etching which
affects the surface finish specified herein shall be allowed without the approval of the City
Engineer. Any pavement surface finish other than specified herein shall have not less
than a 0.35 dynamic coefficient of friction when tested in accordance with California Test
Method 342. The tests to determine the coefficient of friction shall be made before the
pavement is opened to traffic, but not less than 7 days after the concrete is placed.
302-6.7 Traffic and Use Provisions. Replace the second paragraph with the following:
When approved by the Engineer, PCC 660-A-3750 (390-A-26) with a 0.5 maximum
water-cement ratio may be substituted to allow vehicular traffic on the PCC pavement 72
hours after finishing. Calcium chloride or other admixture or accelerators shall not be
permitted unless specifically approved by the Engineer in writing.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
302-6.8 Measurement and Payment. Add after first paragraph:
Payment to the Contractor for PCC accepted by the Engineer based on core test
results in accordance with 201-1.1.5 as modified hereinbefore, but represented by a
failed compressive cylinder strength test, shall be reduced as follows:
a) When the result of a single-PCC compressive cylinder strength test is less than the
specified 28-day PCC compressive strength but at least 95 percent, the Contractor
shall pay the City $15 per cubic yard ($19.61 per cubic meter) for each in-place
cubic yard (cubic meter) represented by the deficient PCC compressive strength
cylinder test, as determined by the actual sampling interval; and,
b) When the result of a single-PCC compressive strength cylinder test is less than 95
B-4765
th
percent of the specified 28-day PCC compressive strength but is alternatively
accepted per 201-1.1.5 as modified hereinbefore, the Contractor shall pay the City
$20 per cubic yard ($26.15 per cubic meter) for each in-place cubic meter
represented by the deficient PCC compressive strength cylinder test, as
determined by the actual sampling interval. PCC rejected in accordance with the
conditions of 201-1.1. 5 as modified hereinbefore shall not be paid for and shall be
removed from the work site.
302-6.8 Measurement and Payment

302-6.8.1 Pavement Thickness
The concrete pavement shall be constructed in accordance with the thickness
requirements of the plans and specifications. Tolerances allowed for subgrade
construction and other provisions of these specifications that may affect thickness shall
not be construed to modify those thickness requirements. Compliance with the thickness
requirements will be determined by the Inspector in accordance with the provisions of this
Subsection. The liability of the Contractor for failure to comply with the thickness
requirements and the right of the City in the event of that failure shall also be governed
by the provisions of this Subsection.
For the purposes of this Subsection, a primary unit of pavement will be 20,000 SF of
pavement placed, or the amount of pavement placed in each day’s pavement operation,
whichever is smaller. Within the primary unit of pavement there may be an area or areas
that have been determined to be secondary units of pavement. Secondary units of
pavement are the panels of pavement areas bounded by longitudinal and transverse
joints and pavement edges. If the Special Provisions or Plans eliminate either
longitudinal or transverse joints, or both, the Inspector will determine the limits of panels
as if the joints had been constructed. When it is determined that secondary units of
pavement are required, the primary unit area will be reduced by the secondary unit area
included therein.
At such time after the concrete pavement has been placed, as is determined by the
Inspector to be appropriate, thickness measurements shall be made in each primary unit.
The exact location and number of thickness measurements, both longitudinally and
transversely, within each primary unit will be determined by the Inspector. However, there
shall not be less than one thickness measurement per primary unit.
Pavement thickness measurements shall be made in accordance with California Test

531 to the nearest 3/32 inches.
Pavement thickness variations, if any, from the thickness requirements of the Plans
and Specifications shall be determined by comparing the actual thickness measurements
with the thickness specified at the location where the measurement was made. The
variation shall be determined to the nearest 3/32 inches as either excess or deficient
thickness.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 113 OF 157
It is anticipated that when Portland Cement Concrete pavement is placed over treated
permeable base, the concrete will penetrate the treated permeable base an average of
3/8 inches. Portland Cement Concrete pavement that penetrates the treated permeable
base will not be included in the payment volume of concrete pavement.
When cores are taken to determine the thickness of Portland Cement Concrete
pavement, it is anticipated a layer of treated permeable base will adhere to the bottom of
the core. All particles of treated permeable base shall be removed from the bottom of the
core before determining the thickness of the Portland Cement Concrete pavement.
All holes remaining in the concrete pavement after the thickness measurements are
made shall be completely filled by the Contractor, at the Contractor’s expense, with
concrete of the same quality as used to construct the pavement.
If the thickness measurement is deficient in thickness by 3/32 inches or more but 9/16
inches or less, the Contractor shall pay the City, and the City may deduct from any monies
due or that may become due the Contractor under the contract, a sum computed by
applying the deficiency adjustment from the following table to the area of that pavement
unit.
Thickness Deficiency Deficiency Adjustment in

in inches Dollars per square foot
3/32" $0.04
3/16" $0.09
9/32" $0.15
3/8" $0.23
15/32" $0.33 L.A.C.E.
9/16" $0.44 INDEX
For each thickness measurement in a primary area that is deficient by more than 9/16
inches, the Inspector will determine from secondary thickness measurements the
dimensions of the secondary unit area where the apparent thickness deficiency is more
than 9/16 inches. The determination of the limits of the secondary unit area will be made
by making secondary thickness measurements in each panel of pavement next to the
panel in which the original measurement in the primary unit was made. This procedure
will continue, regardless of unit boundaries, until the secondary unit area is bounded by
panels in which the secondary measurements are deficient in thickness by 9/16 inches or
less. The Inspector will determine the location within the secondary unit of the additional
cores, both longitudinally and transversely.
The thickness of the additional cores will be determined in the same manner as the
original core. Each secondary unit for which thickness measurements are made in
accordance with this paragraph will be deemed to be, in its entirety, of the thickness of the
th
B-4765 SHEET 114 OF 157
core taken in the secondary unit. For those secondary units with cores that are less than
9/16 inches deficient, the Contractor shall pay the City, and the City may deduct from any
monies due, or that may become due the Contractor under the contract, a sum computed
by applying the deficiency adjustment from the above table to the area of that secondary
unit. For those secondary units that are more than 9/16 inches deficient, the Engineer will
determine which secondary units, if any shall be removed and replaced in accordance
with procedure (1) below and the secondary units, if any, which shall remain in place in
accordance with procedure (2) below:
(1) The Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s expense, remove and replace the
concrete pavement in the secondary unit with concrete pavement meeting the
thickness and all other requirements of the plans and specifications. Subgrade
shall be lowered as necessary to meet the full thickness requirements. Replaced
pavement will be tested for thickness compliance in the same manner as the
original pavement was tested and will be subject to the same thickness
requirements of the specifications.
(2) The Contractor shall leave the panels of pavement in place if they meet all of the
other requirements of the plans and specifications, and the Contractor shall pay
the City $27.00 per square yard ($32.30 square meter) for the panels of pavement
left in place. The City may deduct that amount from any monies due, or that may
The cost of all thickness measurements made in accordance with these provisions will
contract. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional compensation or
compensation will be allowed the Contractor for any pavement constructed in excess of
the thickness requirements of the Plans and Specifications.
If the Contractor believes that the number of thickness measurements made in a

secondary unit by the Inspector in accordance with this Subsection are insufficient to
fairly indicate the actual thickness of the pavement placed, the Contractor may request
that additional thickness measurements be made by the Inspector. The additional
thickness measurements will be used in determining the average thickness variation.
The Inspector will determine the location of the additional thickness measurements. The
cost of all the additional measurements made will be deducted from any monies due, or
that may become due, the Contractor under the contract.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 115 OF 157
SECTION 303 - CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
303-1 CONCRETE STRUCTURES.

303-1.1 General. Add to the end of the first paragraph with the following:
If directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit concrete pouring schedule and
required reinforcing steel placing plan and joint layouts to the Engineer for approval prior
to the start of work. The schedules shall include all form works and the construction of all
joints.
303-1.3 Forms. Replace condition (1) in the last paragraph with the following:
(1) If the concrete is placed directly against the faces of the excavation, then
the excavation limit faces shall be firm, compact, able to stand without
sloughing, and outside the PCC lines at all points. If the surfaces
ravel/slough, the PCC structure shall be formed or the faces of excavation
shall be united per Method “A” of 303-2.1.2 to prevent the
raveling/sloughing.
Add new item (7) to the end of the last paragraph:

(7) PCC wall and invert slab thickness shall not exceed 150 percent of the
thickness shown on the Plans.
303-1.7 Placing Reinforcement.

303-1.7.1 General. Replace the first paragraph with the following:
The Contractor shall submit reinforcing steel placing plans in accordance with 2-5.3,
only if the reinforcing details differ from that shown on the Plans.
303-1.8.6 Joints. Add after the word “sandblasting” in the first sentence of the second
, coating with a grout mixture per 303-1.8.2 or a bond breaker approved by the
Engineer.
303-1.9 Surface Finishes.

303-1.9.1 General. Replace the second paragraph with the following:
The invert of cast-in-place SS and SD structures shall be given a steel trowel finish.
The invert of a circular section is the unlined portion of lined construction or the bottom 60
degrees of unlined construction. Untrowelled PCC inverts shall be 660-B-3750
(390-B-26). A wood-float finish will be permitted on cast-in-place rectangular main line
SD structures 24 inches or higher in interior height.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
303-1.11 Payment, Add after first paragraph:
Payment to the Contractor for PCC, accepted by the Engineer based on core test
results in accordance with 201-1.1. 5 as modified hereinbefore but represented by a
B-4765
th
a) When the result of a single PCC compressive cylinder strength test is less than
the specified 28-day PCC compressive strength but at least 95 percent, the
Contractor shall pay the City $15 per cubic yard for each in-place cubic meter
represented by the deficient PCC compressive strength cylinder test as
determined by the actual sampling interval; and,
b) When the result of a single PCC compressive strength cylinder test is less than
95 percent of the specified 28-day PCC compressive strength but is
alternatively accepted per 201-1.1.5 as modified hereinbefore, the Contractor
shall pay the City $20 per cubic yard for each in-place cubic yard represented
by the deficient PCC compressive strength cylinder test as determined by the
actual sampling interval.
PCC rejected in accordance with the conditions of 201-1.1.5 as modified hereinbefore

shall not be paid for and shall be removed from the Work site.
Add after second paragraph:

Should the Contractor request and obtain permission to use admixtures for its own
benefit, the Contractor shall furnish such admixtures and incorporate them in the
concrete mixture at its own expense and no additional compensation will be allowed.
303-2 AIR-PLACED CONCRETE

303-2.11 Measurement and Payment. Add after second paragraph:
results in accordance with 201-1.1. 5 as modified hereinbefore, but represented by a
a) When the result of a single PCC compressive cylinder strength test is less than
the specified 28-day PCC compressive strength but at least 95 percent, the
Contractor shall pay the City $15 per cubic yard for each in place cubic yard
(cubic meter) represented by the deficient PCC compressive strength cylinder
test as determined by the actual sampling interval; and
b) When the result of a single PCC compressive strength cylinder test is less than
95 percent of the specified 28-day PCC compressive strength but is
alternatively accepted per 201-1.1. 5 as modified herein before, the Contractor
shall pay the City $20 per cubic yard for each in place cubic yard represented
PCC rejected in accordance with the conditions of 201-1.1. 5 as modified

hereinbefore shall not be paid for and shall be removed from the Work site.
303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY

INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS, AND DRIVEWAYS.
303-5.1 Requirements. L.A.C.E.
303-5.1.1 General. Add the following to end of subsection:
INDEX
B-4765
th
To facilitate access to properties, the Contractor may be directed to include
admixtures or additional cement in the concrete mix for driveway aprons. Payment will be
made on the basis of the actual invoice cost of the additional materials. If directed by the
Engineer, the Contractor shall submit the concrete pouring schedules to the Engineer for
approval. The schedules shall include all form works, rebar placing and construction of
all joints.
Replace the words “3 inches” in the first sentence and second sentence of the second
4 or 6 inches in accordance with S-440. The thickness of gutters, cross gutters, alley
intersection, access ramps, and driveway aprons shall be in accordance with the details
as shown on the plans or applicable standard plans, whichever is most stringent.
303-5.4 Joints.
303-5.4.1 General. Remove and replace the entire Subsection with the following:
Joints in concrete curb, gutter, and walk shall be designated as expansion joints,
weakened plane joints, and contact joints.
In concrete pavement, joints shall be installed in accordance with locations indicated

on the Contract Drawings. If no location or spacing is specified, Contractor shall provide
design, spacing, and details of the longitudinal and transverse expansion joints.
Transverse joints shall be at intervals no greater than 20 feet. All expansion joints shall
be filled with expansion fillers.
303-5.4.2 Expansion Joints. Replace the first, second, and third paragraphs with the
following:
Expansion joint filler 1/4 inches thick shall be placed around utility poles in sidewalks
and around all structures projecting through the pavement on PCC bikeways. The joint
filler shall conform to 201-3.2.
303-5.4.3 Weakened Plane Joints. Replace the first and second paragraphs of
Subsection (a) with the following and delete Subsection (b): Weakened plane joints shall
be straight and constructed in accordance with Subsection (c) below, unless otherwise
shown on the Plans.
In sidewalks, joints shall be perpendicular to the curb and at regular intervals not
exceeding 10 ft. Joints at a BCR (Beginning of Curb Return) or ECR (End of Curb Return)
shall be full sidewalk width, except at alleys when the sidewalk is not the full width of the
parkway. They shall be located for the full sidewalk width on each side of tree wells, CBs,
and other structures measuring more than 30 inches along the curb. Joints shall also be
placed on each side for the full sidewalk width at locations where the sidewalk is to be
omitted or removed for the installation of street lighting or traffic signal facilities. Where
the sidewalk is wider than 20 ft, a weakened plane joint shall be installed longitudinally at
the midpoint.
th
B-4765 SHEET 118 OF 157
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
In bikeways, the joints shall be spaced 10 ft o.c. and located at the BCR and ECR.
Joints may be saw cut.
303-5.5 Finishing.
303-5.5.1 General. Add to the end of the first paragraph:
The concrete pavement over a utility trench shall have utility owner information and the
month and the year of the resurfacing permanently etched or stamped per 306-1.5.2.
303-5.5.3 Walk. Add the following paragraph after the third paragraph:
No special coating, texture or finish including sandblasting or acid etching which
affects the walk surface finish specified herein shall be allowed without the approval of the
City Engineer. Any walk surface finish other than those specified shall have a static
coefficient of friction as specified herein. For walks with grades of less than six (6)
percent slope shall have a static coefficient of friction of not less than 0.60 when tested in
conformance with ASTM C1028 (wet and dry). For walks with grades exceeding six (6)
percent slope, including driveway aprons, access ramps and bridge sidewalks exceeding
five (5) percent slope, shall have a static coefficient of friction of not less than 0.80 when
tested in conformance with ASTM C1028 (wet and dry). The tests to determine the
coefficient of friction shall be made before the pavement is opened to pedestrian traffic.
Add the following to the end of the subsection:

PCC bikeways shall have a stiff broom finish perpendicular to the centerline of the
bikeway.
303-5.5.5 Alley Intersections, Access Ramps, and Driveways. Add the following to
the end of subsection:
Curb ramps and shall be constructed per Standard Plans S-442, S-420, S-601 and
other applicable BOE Standard Plans. No handhole, maintenance hole, or any BSS or
DOT installations shall be located within alley intersections, access ramps and driveways.
303-5.9 Measurement and Payment, Add as the second paragraph:

results in accordance with 201-1.1.5 as modified hereinbefore, but represented by a
a) When the result of a single PCC compressive cylinder strength test is less
than the specified 28-day PCC compressive strength but at least 95 percent,
the Contractor shall pay the City $15 per cubic yard for each in place cubic
yard represented by the deficient PCC compressive strength cylinder test as
determined by the actual sampling interval and,
b) When the result of a single P.C.C. compressive strength cylinder test is less
than 95 percent of the specified 28-day P.C.C. compressive strength but is
alternatively accepted per 201-1.1.5 as modified hereinbefore, the Contractor
shall pay the City $20 per cubic yard for each in place cubic yard represented
th
B-4765 SHEET 119 OF 157
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
P.C.C. rejected in accordance with the conditions of 201-1.1.5 as modified
hereinbefore shall not be paid for and shall be removed from the Work site.

303-5.9.1 Concrete Thickness. The concrete shall be constructed in accordance with
the thickness requirements of the Plans and Specifications. Tolerances allowed for
subgrade construction and other provisions of these specifications that may affect
thickness shall not be construed to modify those thickness requirements. Compliance
with the thickness requirements will be determined by the Inspector in accordance with
the provisions of this Subsection. The liability of the Contractor for failure to comply with
the thickness requirements and the right of the City in the event of that failure shall also
be governed by the provisions of this Subsection.
For the purposes of this Subsection, a unit of pavement will be a 200 SF area of
driveway or 1200 SF other concrete placed.
At such time after the concrete has been placed as is determined by the Inspector to
be appropriate, thickness measurements will be made in each area of concrete. The
exact location and number of thickness measurements, both longitudinally and
transversely, within each area of concrete will be determined by the Inspector. However,
there shall not be less than one thickness measurement per area of concrete.
Concrete thickness measurements shall be in accordance with California Test 531, to

the nearest 3/32 inches.
Concrete thickness variations from the thickness requirements of the Plans and
Specifications will be determined by comparing the actual thickness measurements with
the thickness specified at the location where the measurement was made. The variation
will be determined to the nearest 3/32 inches as either excess or deficient thickness.
It is anticipated that when Portland Cement Concrete is placed over treated

permeable base, the concrete will penetrate the treated permeable base an average of
3/8 inches. Portland Cement Concrete pavement that penetrates the treated permeable
base will not be included in the payable square feet of concrete.
When cores are taken to determine the thickness of Portland Cement Concrete, it is
anticipated a layer of treated permeable base will adhere to the bottom of the core.
Before determining the thickness of the Portland Cement Concrete, all particles of treated
permeable base will be removed from the bottom of the core.
All coring holes in the concrete after thickness measurements are made shall be
completely filled by the Contractor, at the Contractor’s expense, with concrete of the
same quality as used to construct the pavement.
If the thickness measurement is deficient in thickness by 3/32 inches or more but 9/16
inches or less, the Contractor shall pay the City, and the City may deduct from any monies
B-4765
th
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
due or that may become due the Contractor under the contract, a sum computed by
applying the deficiency adjustment from the following table to the pavement unit.
Thickness Deficiency
3/32" (2.5) $0.04 ($0.40)
3/16" (5.0) $0.09 ($0.95)
9/32" (7.5) $0.15 ($1.65)
3/8" (10.0) $0.23 ($2.50)
15/32" (12.5) $0.33 ($3.55)
9/16" (15.0) $0.44 ($4.70)
For those areas of concrete that are more than 9/16 inches deficient, the Inspector will
determine which areas of concrete shall be removed and replaced in accordance with
procedure (1) below, and which areas of concrete shall remain in place in accordance
with procedure (2) below:
(1) The Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s expense, remove and replace the
Portland Cement Concrete in the areas of concrete with Portland Cement
Concrete meeting the thickness and all other requirements of the Plans and
Specifications. Subgrade shall be lowered as necessary to meet the full
thickness requirements. Replaced concrete will be tested for thickness
compliance in the same manner as the original concrete was tested and will
be subject to the same thickness requirements of the specifications.
(2) The Contractor shall leave the areas of concrete in place if they meet all of
the other requirements of the plans and specifications, and the Contractor
shall pay to the City $27.00 per square yard for the areas of concrete left in
place, and the City may deduct that amount from any monies due, or that may
The cost of all thickness measurements made in accordance with these provisions will
compensation will be allowed the Contractor for any area of concrete constructed in
excess of the thickness requirements of the plans and specifications.
If the Contractor believes that the number of thickness measurements made in an

area of concrete by the Inspector in accordance with this Subsection is insufficient to fairly
indicate the actual thickness of Portland Cement Concrete placed, the Contractor may
request that additional thickness measurements be made by the Inspector. The
additional thickness measurements will be used in determining the average thickness
variation. The location of the additional thickness measurements will be determined by
the Inspector. The cost of all additional measurements made will be deducted from any
th
B-4765 SHEET 121 OF 157
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
monies due, or that may become due, the Contractor under the contract.
303-6 STAMPED CONCRETE.

303-6.1 General. Add to the end of the first paragraph:
Stamped or colored stamped concrete requires advanced approval of the City Engineer.
The Contractor shall meet the requirements of Section 2-5.3.4. The Contractor shall
submit the stamp patterns, concrete mix design, installation method and curing method to
the Engineer for approval. All stamped concrete shall be in conformance with all the
testing requirements as determined by the Engineer. Stamped concrete pavement shall
meet ADA and static and dynamic coefficient requirements.
Add after the first paragraph:

Stamped concrete shall not be placed over storm drain catch basin structures or at
the outlets of roof drain piping. Unless noise testing data is provided, brick size patterns
shall not be allowed. Stamped concrete in sidewalks shall have stamp pattern not less
than 30 inches (0.76 m) long in each direction. In conjunction with a stamped concrete
walk, a 36 inch (0.91 m) wide unstamped concrete walking surface shall be provided. The
stamp pattern shall not cross expansion joints. A stamped pattern surface with an area
less than 1½ square feet, shall not abut utility covers, treewells or any other fixed object.
Stamped concrete pavement serving vehicular traffic shall have a stamp pattern not
less than 36 inches long in each direction. An unstamped concrete walking surface 36
inches wide shall be provided.
303-7 COLORED CONCRETE.

303-7.1 General. Replace 303-7.1 with the following:
Colored concrete shall be produced by method B only. The Contractor shall submit
concrete mix design and the curing method, in accordance with 2-5.3.4, to the City for
approval prior to any installation. Colored concrete shall have solar reflection index (SRI)
greater than or equal to 38 per ASTM E1980. If requested, the Contractor shall provide
a 2 feet x 2 feet sample in the work for each color specified satisfactory to the Engineer for
inspection and approval.
303-7.2 Method A (Dry Shake). Delete 303-7.2 entirely.

L.A.C.E.
303-8 PERVIOUS CONCRETE INDEX
303-8.1 General. Replace first paragraph with the following:
Pervious concrete paving designs and infiltration aggregate base support and all
necessary hydrology calculations and geotechnical report must be submitted for approval
by the City prior to installation. Pervious concrete shall only be considered in locations
conforming to the site conditions and average daily trips (ADT) as specified for the
vehicular traffic in S-480. For pervious concrete constructed under work permit, pervious
concrete shall be maintained by the permittee. Submit Operation and Maintenance Plans
th
B-4765 SHEET 122 OF 157
as part of the approval. Operation and maintenance shall include dry weather sweeping
done by a vacuum sweeper that does not use water spray that would cause any damage
to the pervious concrete with its operation.
SECTION 304 - METAL FABRICATION AND CONSTRUCTION
304-1 STRUCTURAL STEEL.

304-1.11 Bent Plates. Add the following after the last paragraph:
The CB curb inlet and support details 5/16 inches thick steel support plate per
Standard Plan S-340 shall be milled smooth and free of burrs at the exposed top edge
and rounded 1/16 inches on the leading edge toward the curb face before bending and
galvanizing.
304-3 CHAIN LINK FENCE.

304-3.5 Security Fencing. Replace the first sentence of the first paragraph with the
following: Security fencing shall conform to 206-6.9, the Plans, and the Special
Provisions.
SECTION 306 - UNDERGROUND CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION
306-1 OPEN TRENCH OPERATIONS.

306-1.1 Trench Excavation.
306-1.1.1 General. Add the following after the first sentence of the first paragraph:
Shoring and bracing shall be required when the depth is greater than 1.5 m (5 feet). In
cases where there are unstable soil conditions, shoring or bracing may be required for
depths less than 1.5 m (5 feet).
Add the following as the last paragraph:

Unless otherwise provided, all existing SS, SD, and laterals that cross or partially
cross trenches shall be supported as shown on Standard Plan S-253.
306-1.1.5 Removal and Replacement of Surface Improvements. Add the following as

a second paragraph:
The Contractor shall remove and replace all loose or overhanging pieces of PCC/AC
pavement within the limits of any trench or excavation and up to 1ft. (0.30 m) beyond.
The cost for such removal and replacement shall be included in the Bid price for the
trench or excavation items and/or operations.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
B-4765
th
306-1.1.7 Measurement and Payment. In conformance with Section 6707 of the
California Labor Code, the cost of shoring and bracing shall be the price bid for the
appropriate unit or lump sum bid item. The price bid for shoring and bracing shall be
considered as full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and
incidentals required to install the shoring and bracing.
306-1.2 Installation of Pipe.

306-1.2.2 Pipe Laying. Add the following before the first paragraph of this subsection:
Main Line Pipe. When the Contractor selects the option of installing plastic pipes as
specified in 207-15 through 207-20, such option shall apply to all pipe between any two
MHs and shall include the SS HCs in that reach. Also, in trenches, an approved Type “Z”
Joint per 208-5 or other approved flexible joint shall be constructed at the connection with
any existing stub.
House Connections. SS HCs shall be constructed of the same material as main line SS,
unless approved fittings and flexible adapters are used. All materials shall meet the
requirements of the appropriate specifications, Section 210-2.3.3, and be approved by
the Inspector before installation. Wye connections shall be used when connecting to a
main line of a material other than VCP or DIP. Tee connections will not be permitted
when the main line SS is other than VCP or DIP.

Existing sewer house connections constructed prior to 1965 shall be replaced, unless
they meet all the integrity and inspection requirements of BOE Notice No. 7 issued on
January 24, 2007.
Removal of RCP SD shall be in full pipe lengths to the nearest pipe joint beyond the
removal limits. Connection between the remaining pipe and new pipe shall be made with
a PCC collar, per Standard Plan S-333. The joint between remaining pipe and a new
structure shall be made with a connection cast monolithically with the structure, except
that new pipe shall be used between the remaining pipe and the structure if the length of
the gap is more than 4 ft.
Cutting of new or existing RCP in the field shall be governed by the following:
a) Cutting operations shall be so conducted that the pipe will be reasonably
free of spalling. Interior spalls with thickness less than 5 percent of the pipe
wall thickness need not be repaired. Spalls of thickness between 5 percent
and 20 percent inclusive, of the pipe wall thickness shall be repaired before
joining other construction. Pipe with spalls of thickness exceeding 20 percent
of the pipe wall thickness shall not be used. Repairs shall be made by filling
with an approved epoxy resin compound or an epoxy resin bonded cement
mortar. Surfaces to be repaired shall be prepared in accordance with
207-3.3.3.
b) Acceptability of cracks in the pipe caused by cutting will be limited by 207-2.8.
th
B-4765 SHEET 124 OF 157
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
Where storm drain or sewer pipe is to be placed within an area to be filled, a minimum
of 36 in of compacted fill over the top of a storm drain or 42 in of compacted fill over the
top of a sewer pipe shall be placed before trench excavation for the pipe.

The Contractor may, with the approval of the Engineer, change the location of a
SSMH or SDMH up to ½ a standard pipe length or 4 ft, whichever is less, to avoid cutting
a standard pipe length. The MH shall not be placed in an existing or future pedestrian
crosswalk, sidewalk or driveway.
Add the following to the end of the fourth paragraph:

Monolithic connections per Standard Plan S-331 shall be used to join all connector
pipes to all CBs and SD MHs. Monolithic connections may be extended up to 4 ft to avoid
cutting standard lengths of pipe.
306-1.2.3 Field Joining of Clay Pipe.

Add the following item (d):
d) Type “Z” joints may also be used for VCP SS. For Type “D” joints used on 6-inch
plain-end VCP SSHC, the maximum deflection at each joint shall be 2½
degrees.
306-1.2.4 Installation, Field Joining, and Inspection of Reinforced Concrete Pipe.

SD Pipe. Pipe with square or beveled ends may be pulled to provide a smooth curve.
Pulling of joints shall be limited to 3/4” from normal closure for pipe 36-inch or
smaller ID, and to 1 inch from normal closure for pipe 975 mm or larger ID.
A PCC collar will be permitted only at locations shown on the Plans and where
a joint cannot be made within allowable pull limitations. PCC collars shall be
per Standard Plans for Public Works Construction No. 380-2.
SS Pipe. Pulling of joints for lined RCP shall be limited to 1/2” from normal closure for
use around curves when pipe does not have beveled ends and for adjusting
beveled ends to meet field conditions.
306-1.2.9 Field Joining of Solvent-Welded ABS and PVC Pipe. Add the following to
the end of the first paragraph:
The ends of ABS and PVC composite pipe shall be thoroughly and completely coated
with solvent cement after application of any required primer or cleaner.
306-1.2.12 Maximum Allowable Deflection for Plastic Pipe and Fittings.

306-1.2.12.1 General. Add the following after the last paragraph:
After the mandrel test has been satisfactorily conducted, or whenever requested by
the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide access and assistance to the Engineer for the
th
B-4765 SHEET 125 OF 157
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
purpose of allowing the Engineer to test the pipe by pulling a deflectometer through the
pipe. The deflectometer and the personnel required to operate it shall be provided by the
City at no cost to the Contractor. All costs incurred by the Contractor attributable to
mandrel or deflectometer testing, including delays, shall be borne by the Contractor and
at no cost to the City.
The Contractor shall furnish a mandrel for each type, size, and designation of solid
wall ABS or PVC pipe, and for ABS or PVC composite pipe, in sizes 8-inch (nominal) and
larger. The mandrel shall be calibrated by LADGS, Standards Laboratory, and approved
by the Engineer.
306-1.3 Backfill and Densification.

306-1.3.1 General. Add the following paragraph between the second and third
paragraphs:
Permits that have continuous backfill inspection shall use the provisions of the
SSPWC or, if called for on the plan, the provisions of Standard Plan S-251. Other
excavations performed under permit within the roadway portion of all streets and alleys
that do not have continuous inspection shall be backfilled in accordance with 201-6.1.1.
Alternate backfill may be approved by the Engineer when a written request is submitted
by the Permittee with specifications stating the type of backfill and method of compaction.
306-1.3 Backfill and Densification.

306-1.3.1 General. Replace fourth paragraph with the following:
When the depth of cover of the top pipe or cable is less than 30 inches, the whole
depth of backfill shall be compacted to 90% relative compaction.
Replace the seventh, eight and ninth paragraphs with the following:
No rock, cobble or broken concrete exceeding 1 inch maximum dimension shall be
placed in compacted fill of any utility or pipe trench.
306-1.3.3 Jetted Backfill. Add the following at the end of the first paragraph:
Jetting shall use a continuous supply of water at a minimum of 40 psig pressure through
a 1-½ inches minimum ID pipe. Jetting shall start within 2 ft of the bottom of the
excavation and rise at a rate that will totally saturate and densify the backfill material. A
water truck with a pump will be considered as meeting this requirement provided that
truck capacity exceeds the trench jetting requirement without a refill. Densification shall
be accomplished in one continuous operation. For cuts smaller than 4 ft square by 4 ft
deep, a minimum of ¾ inch ID pipe may be used for jetting. Jetting is not allowed higher
in the trench than one(1) foot above the crown of the pipe. The rest of the trench
compaction shall be done by mechanical means.

306- 1.3.9 Soil Cement Backfill. Backfilling of trenches on steep slopes may be done
with soil cement when permitted by the Plans or Special Provisions. The soil cement
th
B-4765 SHEET 126 OF 157
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
backfill shall consist of a mixture of 100 pounds of Portland cement to 1 cu. yd. of soil,
shall be thoroughly mixed and moistened with water, and placed and compacted in 6
inches lifts. The soil used in the soil-cement backfill shall have a minimum sand
equivalent of 20. Relative compaction shall be 90 percent (minimum).
306-1.4 Testing Pipelines.

306-1.4.1 General. Eliminate items b) through f) and replace with the following:
b) Gravity SS pipe 21 inches ID or smaller - An Air Pressure Test shall be
required. If the Inspector determines that it is not feasible to air pressure test
a rehabilitated or repaired sewer, then post-installation CCTV inspection shall
be done according to 500-1.1.5.
c) Gravity SS pipe greater than 21 inches ID - If the Inspector determines that
person-entry inspection is not feasible for a rehabilitated or repaired sewer,
then post-installation CCTV inspection shall be done according to 500-1.1.5.
d) Pressure SS (force mains) - A Water Pressure Test shall be conducted at 150
percent of the maximum operating pressure specified on the Plans or in the
Special Provisions.
Payment for testing, post-installation CCTV inspection/reinspection, and necessary
repairs to bring the pipeline within acceptable limits shall be considered as included in the
items for which bids are entered.
Change item g) to e)
306-1.4.4 Air Pressure Test. Replace the second paragraph with the following:
Payment for furnishing any necessary equipment and labor for air-pressure testing of
SS shall be considered as included in other items for which bids are entered.
306-1.5 Trench Resurfacing.

306-1.5.1 Temporary Resurfacing. Add the following as the last paragraph:
Payment for temporary resurfacing material will be limited to that quantity used to
resurface the nominal trench width. Nominal trench width shall be defined as the outside
width of the conduit or structure plus 3 ft measured at the pavement surface. Excavation
beyond the nominal trench width if approved by the Engineer in advance shall be deemed
to be for the Contractor’s convenience. Material ordered placed outside the nominal
trench width shall be at no cost to the City.
306-1.5.2 Permanent Resurfacing. Add the following to the end of first paragraph:
When slurry backfill is used in trench replacement, the final resurfacing shall be per
Table 306-1.5.2(A):
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 127 OF 157
TABLE 306-1.5.2(A)
Existing Pavement Final Pavement
Type Thickness “TE” Type Thickness “TF”
Thicker of:
TE < 7“ (180 mm) AC ● TE + 1“ (25 mm); or
A ● 4” (100 mm)
TE ≥ 7” (180 mm) AC 8” (200 mm)
Thicker of:
TE < 7” (180 mm) PCC ● TE + 1” (25 mm); or
● 4” (100 mm)
PCC
● 8” (200 mm)
TE ≥ 7” (180 mm) PCC
● 4” (100 mm) PCC
Thicker of:
TE < 7” (180 mm) AC ● TE + 1” (25 mm); or
AC+PCC ● 4” (100 mm)
TE ≥ 7” (180 mm) AC 8” (200 mm)
The resurfacing schedule shown on the Plans may not necessarily show the type or
thickness of the existing pavement.
If the Contractor is required to replace paving or base material that is more than 1 in
greater than the thickness indicated on the Plans, place paving or base material where
none is indicated on the Plans, or slurry seal the pavement, the City will reimburse the
Contractor at the rates specified in the Stipulated Unit Price List in the Special Provisions
or the rates specified in the Contract Documents.
Payment for additional paving and base material at the rates in the Stipulated Unit
Price List or as specified in the Contract Documents shall be in full for saw-cutting,
removal and disposal of all materials required to place additional paving and base
materials, and furnishing and installing expansion joint filler material.
The payment quantity for additional paving or base material will be based on the
actual width of material replaced. If the Contractor is required to replace paving or base
material of less thickness than that indicated on the Plans, the Contract price will be
reduced by an amount representing the reduction in paving or base material based on 80
percent of the rates and on the width indicated above.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 128 OF 157
The owner of the facility installed in the trench shall be responsible for maintenance
of backfill and resurfacing for five years from the date the permanent resurfacing in
completed. The Contractor shall:
(1) When the resurfacing is asphalt concrete pavement, place a metal tag(s) near
the center of the excavation. The tag(s) shall identify the owner responsible for
the excavation and the month and year the permanent resurfacing is
completed. The tag(s) shall also include the words “Not a Survey Point.” The
tag(s) shall be affixed with a nail other than a surveyor’s nail.
(2) When the resurfacing is Portland Cement Concrete, etch or stamp the above
information in the Portland Cement Concrete. The letter size shall be 3/4 inch
high minimum and shall be 1/8 inch deep minimum.
(3) If the permanent resurfacing is more than 50 ft long in any direction, place tags,
etch, or stamp the required information near each end of the resurfacing and
at intervals not to exceed 50 ft.
306-1.5.3 Placement of Permanent Repair Hot Mixed Asphalt Concrete. Add the
following after the second sentence of the second paragraph:
The Contractor shall have a mechanical sprayer available to apply the tack coat for
any application of more than 50 ft of trench or 200 ft2 of trench area, whichever is greater.
306-1.6 Basis of Payment for Open Trench Installations. Add the following to the end
of second paragraph:
The price per lineal foot of SD or SS installed in areas where street paving is a part of
the project shall exclude permanent resurfacing. The permanent trench resurfacing shall
be included in the quantities shown for street improvement items.
306-5 ABANDONMENT OF CONDUITS AND STRUCTURES. Replace first and second

sentences in the first paragraph with the following:
When SS or SD conduits have been or are to be abandoned and are found to interfere
with construction, the interfering portion shall be removed. Both ends of the abandoned
conduits shall be sealed. Where the greatest internal dimension of the conduit is 4 ft or
less, the seal shall consist of a minimum of 12 inches thick PCC wall. If existing pipe is
ACP, see modification to 300-1.3.1.
Add the following at the end of the third paragraph:

and the structures shall be backfilled with sand or crushed miscellaneous base.
Add the following to the end of the fifth paragraph:

Grating sets shall be salvaged and delivered by the Contractor, at its expense, to any
City sewer maintenance yard. Yard locations may be obtained by calling (213) 485-5884.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
306-6 REMODELING EXISTING SEWER FACILITIES. Add the following after the first
th
B-4765 SHEET 129 OF 157
paragraph and delete the fourth paragraph:
When new work is to be constructed inside a SS structure against an existing
brickwork or a PCC surface exposed to sewage or a hostile aerial environment, the
existing surface shall be prepared as follows:
a) All soft and loose materials shall be removed and the surface cleaned by
sandblasting;
b) Joints of existing brickwork shall be repointed. Loose brick shall be replaced
with new bricks if the surface is to be plastered;
c) The surface shall be washed with a 3 percent solution of soda ash (Na2CO3)
followed by rinsing with domestic-supplied water; and
d) The surface shall then be washed with a 3 percent solution of hydrochloric acid
followed by final rinsing with domestic-supplied water.
Any existing SS to be intercepted by a new SS shall be maintained in service or

bypassed until authority to connect to the new SS is granted by the BPW. Such authority
is contingent upon final inspection and acceptance of all new SS construction
downstream from the required point of connection.
306-6 REMODELING EXISTING SEWER FACILITIES. Replace the last sentence of

the second paragraph and with the following:
The Contractor shall implement a permit space program in accordance with 7-10.4.4.
Add the following after the third paragraph:

Whenever it is proposed to remodel the base of an existing sewer maintenance hole,
or repair (incl. removal, rehabilitation) part of an existing sewer maintenance hole shaft,
or adjust a sewer maintenance hole to grade, the remaining portion of all of the existing
steps inside the maintenance hole shall be removed to a depth of 2 inches (5 cm) beyond
the inside face of the maintenance hole, and the holes shall be filled with Class “C”
mortar.
306-7 CURB DRAINS. Add the following to the end of first paragraph:
No curb drain, curb drain system shall be exposed or used as part of the curb or
sidewalk surface without the approval of the Engineer, or conformance to S-601.
Replace third sentence of the second paragraph with the following:

The drain pipe shall have a minimum 2 inches clearance from the top of curb and be
laid on a straight grade with a minimum slope of 1/8 inch per foot and terminate 1 inch
back of the curb face.
Replace third paragraph with the following:

Curb drains and fittings shall be constructed of pipe per SSPWC:
a) Plain PCC (207-1);
b) VCP (207-8);
c) CIP or DIP (207-9); and
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 130 OF 157
d) Solid wall PVC (207-17) except that only PVC pipe conforming to ASTM D
3034, SDR 32.5; or ASTM D 2241, SDR 21; or ASTM D 1785, Schedule 80
shall be permitted.
Curb drains and fittings shall be joined in accordance with approved manufacturers’
recommendations or as approved by the Engineer.
SECTION 307 - STREET LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS

AND COMMUNICATION CABLES, replace with new section title.
307-1 GENERAL. Add c) to the first paragraph:

c) All references and standards as described in 209-2 and 203-3.1
307-1.1 Equipment List and Drawings. Replace the second paragraph with the
following:
All incidental parts which are not shown on the Plans, in the Specifications, or in the
Schedule of Prices, and which are necessary to complete or modify the existing systems,
shall be furnished and installed as though such parts were shown on the Plans, specified
in the Specifications, or included in the Schedule of Prices. The cost for furnishing and
installing these incidental parts shall be considered as included in the price bid for the
equipment that requires such parts to be fully operational, or in the price bid for the
appropriate lump sum item. All systems shall be in satisfactory operation at the time of
completion and acceptance of the Work.
Add the following as fourth paragraph:

All work on street lighting installations shall conform to the provisions of street lighting
special specifications and applicable amendments in effect on the date of advertisement
of the project for bids. Copies of these Special Specifications are available at
www.lacity.org/BSL/SLspecs.htm.

307-1.2 Existing Signs. The Contractor shall maintain all existing traffic and street name
signs within the right of way in their original location or at an alternate location approved
by the Inspector. Any signs lost or damaged by the Contractor shall be replaced at its
own expense.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
307-1.3 Ordering Materials. In order to ensure the timely completion of the Work, the
Contractor shall submit a letter to the Engineer stating that all Contractor-furnished street
th
B-4765 SHEET 131 OF 157
lighting and/or traffic signal materials have been ordered. The letter shall contain the
names and addresses of the suppliers and the estimated delivery dates. This letter shall
be submitted to the City within five (5) working days of the execution of the Contract.
307-2 MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING AND TEMPORARY SYSTEMS. Add the following

to the end of first paragraph:
The Contractor shall protect and maintain all street lighting facilities existing in the
work area.
Should any damage to an existing street lighting system occur, the Contractor shall
immediately notify the BSL, Field Operations Division (FOD), at (323) 913-4743. The
Contractor shall arrange for the immediate repair and restoration to service of the
damaged lighting system at no cost to the City. Electrical safety clearance shall be
obtained before performing any work on existing energized street light circuits. The
Contractor shall obtain clearance for emergency repairs from the DWPPS, Street Light
Maintenance Section, (213) 367-9966. The BSL (FOD) at (323) 913-4743 shall be
notified by the Contractor of the location, date, and time of the circuit clearance before the
Contractor performs work on any street lighting circuits. A Licensed Electrical Contractor
shall make all temporary or permanent street lighting repairs. All equipment and
materials used for repair of the street lighting system shall be approved by the Street l
Lighting Field Operations Superintendent, telephone (323) 913-4743, before the
re-energizing of the affected lighting circuits. Whenever the word “Approved” appears in
307-2 and 307-3, it shall mean “Approved by the Engineer.” Should the Contractor fail to
perform the required repairs or replacements promptly, the BSL (FOD) will perform such
repairs and replacements and the costs thereof will be deducted from any monies due or
that will become due the Contractor.
In cases where a temporary removal or relocation of street lighting equipment (not

shown on the Plans) is required, the Contractor shall submit a detailed removal or
relocation plan. This plan shall show the changes to be made and shall be submitted to
the BSL Construction Engineer, (213) 847-5419, for review and approval before doing
any such work. All such work shall be accomplished by a Licensed Electrical Contractor
at no cost to the City, or upon deposit of the estimated costs with BSL, BSL’s FOD will
perform the work.
307-11 PULL BOXES.

307-11.1 General. Add the following before the first sentence of the third paragraph:
No Pull box or handhole shall be installed in a curb ramp, cross walk, or driveway
apron.
L.A.C.E.
307-12 CONDUIT. INDEX
307-12.6 Payment. Add the following after the first paragraph:
The Contract Unit Price for each size conduit, or Contract Unit Price for the appropriate
lump sum Bid item, shall be considered as full compensation for furnishing all labor,
th
B-4765 SHEET 132 OF 157
materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in
furnishing and installing the conduit as shown on the Plans, as specified in these
Specifications, and as directed by the Engineer, including any necessary excavation and
backfill, trenching, jacking, or restoration of sidewalk, pavement, and appurtenances
damaged or destroyed during construction.
Full compensation for all additional materials and labor, not shown on the Plans or
specified in the Specifications, that are necessary to complete the installation of the
conduit, shall be considered as included in the Contract Unit Price for the conduit or the
appropriate lump sum Bid item and no additional compensation will be allowed.
307-13 WIRES, CONDUCTORS AND CABLES.
307-13.3 Payment. Add the following after the first paragraph:

Payment for furnishing and installing conductors shall be considered as included in the
Contract Unit Price for each size of conduit or in the Contract Unit Price for the
appropriate lump sum Bid item unless otherwise noted or included as a separate Bid item.
In addition, where conductors are required to perform the functional operation of signal
and/or lighting equipment, payment for furnishing and installing conductors from the
nearest pull box or from the controller, in the absence of conduit runs as a Bid item, shall
be considered as included in the Contract Unit Price for the signal and/or lighting
equipment Bid items or in the appropriate lump sum Bid item.
307-13.4 Bonding and Grounding. Delete the eighth paragraph and add the following:
The metallic conduit or bonding conductor system shall be securely grounded, at
intervals not to exceed 500 ft, to one of the following:
(1) A 1 inch galvanized pipe driven to a depth of 8 ft and having its upper end not
more than 3 inches above the conduit; or,
(2) A minimum 1/2 inch by 8 ft copper-coated steel rod driven to a depth of 7 ft 9
inches. The minimum thickness of the copper coating shall be 0.01 inch; or,
(3) A metal water service pipe or the street side of the meter with the approval of
the owner. The water pipe shall be thoroughly scraped and cleaned before
connection.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
307-17 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONSTRUCTION.
307-17.3 Pull Boxes Covers. Add the following at the end of the last sentence in the first
paragraph: and “High Voltage.”
307-18 COMMUNICATION CABLES, renumber TESTING as Section 307-19 and add

new Section 307-18 COMMUNICATION CABLES with the following:
All communication cables shall be designed, constructed and maintained in
accordance with General Order No. 128 – Rules for Construction of Underground Electric
th
B-4765 SHEET 133 OF 157
Supply and Communication Systems prescribed by the California Public Utilities
Commission. All communications cables shall be installed in locations designated in
BOE Special Order No. 04-0408 with proper separation and burial depth.
Communication cables shall have proper connections and grounding. The installation
details of communication cable must be identified on the plans and shall be approved by
the Engineer prior to start of work. All materials must be clearly identified on the plans or
the submittals with the product data and classifications as designated in General Order
No. 128.
Communication cables shall be in conformance with Section 209-6. In addition to the
Operator Inspection as described in the General Order No. 128, all works shall be
inspected and tested in accordance with the Standard Specifications and/or the Special
Provisions. All installations and trenches shall be inspected and tested before backfill or
concealment.
307-19 TESTING. Renumber the Section and add the following to the beginning of the
first paragraph:
Traffic signal equipment installed by the Contractor shall be inspected by the Traffic
Signal Inspector before signal circuits are energized. Call (213) 485-1071 (Central Area),
(213) 485-6834 (Western Area), or (818) 756-7852 (Valley Area) for inspection.
SECTION 308 - LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION INSTALLATION
308-1 GENERAL. Add the following as the last paragraph:

When existing planted areas are to be expanded in size, the soil within any new
planting area shall be prepared and planted in the same manner required for existing
planting areas undergoing restoration work. For unplanted areas that are widened, the
upper 12 inches of topsoil shall be Class C. All costs to the Contractor for work done in
accordance with this paragraph shall be considered as included in the other work for
which Bid items are entered.
308-2 EARTHWORK AND TOPSOIL PLACEMENT.

308-2.1 General. Add the following paragraph to the end of the subsection:
Installation of BMPs with infiltration capabilities shall be in accordance with Standard
Plan S-480, Section 5-A.
308-2.2 Trench Excavation and Backfill. In the second paragraph, items a) and b), add
the following after the word “roadways”: “ and other pavements subject to vehicular
traffic.”
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 134 OF 157
308-4 PLANTING.
308-4.5 Tree and Shrub Planting. Revise the first sentence of the first paragraph:
The planting holes shall be square with vertical sides twice the width of the plant
container. The depth of each hole shall be equivalent to the height of the plant container.
308-4.5 Tree and Shrub Planting. Add the following paragraph to the end of the
subsection:
When decomposed granite (DG) is used in tree wells, the DG shall be placed on
a settled topsoil or soil mix. The topsoil or soil mix shall have been evenly spread over the
planting hole, watered and allowed to settle for at least 24 hours prior to the addition of the
DG layer. The finish grades of the DG shall be approximately 2 inches below the adjacent
sidewalk finish grade around the tree trunk and ¼ inch below the adjacent sidewalk finish
grade at the perimeter of the tree well.
308-4.6 Plant Staking and Guying.

308-4.6.1 Method “A” Tree Staking. Replace the first sentence with the following:
Trees shall be staked with two (2) - 2 inches (nominal diameter) by 10 ft long pressure
treated lodge pole pine stakes. Alternatively for high wind areas, trees shall be staked with
two (2) - 1½ inches (nominal diameter) by 10 ft long steel (ASTM F1083) pipes. The pipe
shall be new galvanized steel Schedule 40. The stakes shall be installed vertically. The
stakes shall be positioned at least 12 inches from the trunk at ground level and 30 inches
into the soil in a manner to avoid injury to the roots or breaking the root ball.
308-5.6.2 Pipeline Pressure Test. Replace the section with the following:
308-5.6.2 Pipeline Pressure Test. A water pressure test shall be performed on all
pressure mains and laterals before any couplings, fittings, valves, and the like are
concealed. All open ends shall be capped after the water is turned into the line in such a
manner that all air will be expelled. Pressure mains shall be tested with all control valves
to lateral lines closed. After the pressure main test, all valves shall be opened to test
lateral lines. The constant test pressure and the duration of the test are as follows:
Mains, six (6) hours at 125 psi

Laterals, two (2) hours at 100 psi L.A.C.E.
INDEX
308-6 MAINTENANCE AND PLANT ESTABLISHMENT. Add the following to the end of
first paragraph:
Maintenance shall include continuous operations of watering, weeding, mowing,
rolling, trimming, edging, cultivation, fertilization, spraying, control of pests, insects,
rodents, reseeding, plant replacement (irrespective of cause), or any other operations
necessary to assure normal plant growth. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer and
Inspector of the maintenance schedule prior to the start of maintenance and plant
establishment. Apply necessary erosion control methods to divert any storm water from
entering into BMPs to at least 75 days after the first rainfall of the rainy season.
th
B-4765 SHEET 135 OF 157
Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, each ground planted tree not watered by
an automatic system shall receive approximately 20 gallons (75 liters) of water every
seven (7) days. Water shall be applied at a rate that will avoid erosion or loss of water.
As a part of the Work required under the plant maintenance period, the Contractor
shall provide and apply commercial fertilizer as specified under 212-1.2.3, with an 8-8-4
analysis to lawns and ground cover areas only, at the rate of 15 pounds per 1000 square
feet (7.3 kg per 100 m²). This material shall be applied no later than 15 days before the
end of the establishment period. The Inspector shall be notified to inspect the project
before the application of the 8-8-4 fertilizer, to confirm the amount delivered and applied
and to approve the method of application.
Replace the 2nd sentence of the 5th paragraph with the following:
“The plant establishment period shall be for a period of 120 calendar days and shall be
extended by the EngineerC.”
st
Add the following to the 1 sentence of the last paragraph:
“C, a final inspection for acceptance will be performed by the Engineer and Inspector.”
Add the following to the end of last paragraph:

The maintenance period is a part of contract work, but may extend beyond the period
specified for completion of the Work under the Contract.
308-8. Payment. Replace the Subsection with the following:

The lump sum or unit price shown in the Bid shall include full compensation with
breakdowns of complete installation and maintenance of the landscape and irrigation
works shown on the Plans or in the Specifications. No payment of the maintenance and
plant establishment works shall be made until maintenance and plant establishment is
satisfactorily completed and inspected.
SECTION 310 - PAINTING

L.A.C.E.
INDEX
310-1 GENERAL.
310-1.2 Application. Replace the first sentence of the first paragraph with the following:
The Contractor shall submit the construction schedule for all painting work to the
Engineer for approval. The schedule shall include all work activities including but not
limited to surface preparation, priming, base and final coats, manufacturer’s
recommended lead time between coatings. Unless specified otherwise in the contract
documents or by the Engineer, painting shall be deferred until all contract work within the
area have been completed or shall not proceed before the last 180 days or 1/4 of the
contract period, whichever is lesser. The following are exempt from the preceding time
th
B-4765 SHEET 136 OF 157
constraints: fabricated steel requiring shop-primer; structural steel sections which will be
inaccessible after erection; raw materials which require paint protection. The Contractor
shall coordinate and schedule all other work activities with adequate manpower to
complete all work within the specified contract time.
310-2 SURFACE PREPARATION FOR PAINTING STEEL STRUCTURES.

310-2.1 General. Add the following to the end of the first paragraph :
All loose mill scale and rust, dirt, loose paint, water and other detrimental foreign matter
shall be collected in special containment set up by the Contractor and shall be properly
disposed of in accordance with 7-8.1. No loose mill scale and rust, dirt, loose paint, water
and other detrimental foreign matter shall be allowed to be collected on or seeped into
surrounding ground, grass or soil.
310-5 PAINTING VARIOUS SURFACES

310-5.6 Painting Traffic Striping, Pavement Markings, and Curb Markings
310-5.6.1 General. Replace first and second paragraphs with the following:
a) Temporary Striping. Temporary or detour striping, as specified on the plan, shall be
performed by the Contractor or Permittee. The Contractor shall submit a Comprehensive
Traffic Control Plan (TCP) for approval to LADOT at the appropriate District Office. The
TCP shall be submitted not less than 30 calendar days before the start of construction
and shall be signed by the LADOT District Engineer before construction. The plan shall
be prepared by and signed by a traffic Engineer registered in the State of California. The
plan shall include all regulatory, warning and guidance devices conforming to the
requirements of the latest adopted edition of the WATCH Handbook, LADOT Worksite
Traffic Control Plan (S-488.0) and the State Traffic Manual.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all work related to the approved temporary
striping plan, including, but not limited to, sandblasting, detour striping tape, mark out,
striping, delineators, nonregulatory signing, and barricading. LADOT shall be responsible
for detour-related regulatory signing. For detours of six (6) months or less, black detour
tape should be used to cover old striping and “detour grade” tape shall be installed to
delineate temporary striping. For detours longer than six (6) months, old striping shall be
sandblasted and temporary striping painted. Paint cover of old striping is not acceptable.
The installation of each striping stage and the removal of the previous stage shall be
performed on the same day. During striping implementation, traffic may be restricted to
one lane in each direction between 8:30 A.M. and 4:00 P.M., unless otherwise specified
in the Special Provisions.
Necessary removal of existing and temporary striping and markings shall be

performed by the Contractor or Permittee. The removal of striping and markings shall be
performed before the mark-out of detour or final striping. Quantities for painted, taped, or
thermoplastic striping removal and the installation of temporary striping shall be bid and
paid in a lump sum.
Mark-out shall be by heavy paint brush markings over a pulled rope in the respective
white and yellow colors of the proposed striping (striping gaps shall be dotted). If the
th
B-4765 SHEET 137 OF 157
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
mark-out is to remain overnight before final striping, temporary reflectorized overlay
markers shall be installed per LADOT Standard Drawing S-453.0. All temporary striping
and pavement markings require LADOT approval.
b) Final Striping. The mark-out and installation of final striping and pavement markings
shall be performed by the Contractor. Quantities for painted or plastic striping removal of
existing striping and installation of permanent striping shall be bid as shown on the
LADOT approved final striping plan or as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
Mark-out shall be by heavy paint brush markings over a pulled rope in the respective
white and yellow colors of the proposed striping (striping gaps shall be dotted). If the
mark-out is to remain overnight before final striping, temporary reflectorized overlay
markers shall be installed per LADOT Standard Drawing S-453.0. Striping and pavement
markings shall be in hot applied alkyd thermoplastic in accordance with LADOT
Specification Numbers 51-005-04 and 76-012-09. All final striping and pavement
markings require LADOT approval.
310-5.6.4 Geometry, Stripes and Traffic Lanes. Replace first paragraph with the
following:
Permanent and temporary striping and marking shall be in accordance with 310-5.6.1
as modified above. Refer to LADOT standard drawings S-401.0, S-401.1, S-402.0 and
S-414.4 for geometry, stripes, and traffic lanes.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
Brown Book 7 Edition B-4765 SHEET 138 OF 157
PART 5 - SYSTEM REHABILITATION
SECTION 500 – PIPELINE
500-1 PIPELINE REHABILITATION: Delete this section and replace it with the following:
500-1.1 General
a) Pipe Replacement in Lieu of Rehabilitation: Unless noted otherwise, replacing with
an approved direct burial pipe is permitted at the Contractor’s option. Payment for
pipe replacement is the sum of “Pipeline Cleaning”, “Sewer Rehabilitation”,
“Annular Grouting” and “Point Repairs” with no extra costs allowed for submittals,
disposals, preparations, traffic control, impacts, extras or other incidentals caused
by the Contractor’s election to use pipe replacement.
b) Approved pipeline rehabilitation: Only the rehabilitation systems and methods
preapproved by the Engineer may be used. Contractor proposals for alternates,
substitutions or using systems and methods that do not appear on the approved
pipe and sanitary sewer products list, available for viewing on
http://boe.lacity.org/apm/, are not equal and are not acceptable.
c) Approved sanitary sewer materials: Only the materials described in this Section
may be used. Contractor proposals for material alternates and substitutions that
do not appear on the Approved List are not equal and are not acceptable.
d) Protection of materials: The Contractor shall store and handle to prevent
environmental degradation (temperature extremes, ultraviolet exposure, etcetera)
and physical damage.
e) Rehabilitation pipe, linings, liners and other materials: Materials shall be new and
manufactured within six months of installation. When the six-month period has
lapsed, the Contractor may submit test data from an approved independent
laboratory verifying that the material has no degradation. The Engineer may allow
up to two consecutive six-month extensions to the manufacturing age requirement.
Thermosetting and thermoplastic materials older than eighteen months are
considered degraded and rejected without recourse.
f) Damaged, degraded or otherwise rejected materials: Following written notification
of rejected materials by the Inspector, the Contractor shall segregate the rejected
material immediately and remove from the jobsite within 72 hours.
g) Sewer rehabilitation, rehabilitation pipe, pipe liner, liner pipe, slipline, slipline pipe
and pipe lining are interchangeable terms that refer to Work in this Section.
h) Payment - Bid Item for “Pipeline Cleaning”: Includes all work described in 500-1.3
(pre- and post-cleaning television inspection, pipeline cleaning, and debris
disposal). If a separate Bid Item is not listed for “Pipeline Cleaning”, include this
Work within the Bid Item for “Sewer Rehabilitation”, “Pipe Lining” or “Liner Pipe”.
Measurement: If Contract Unit Prices are used, the measurement for payment is
the length of cleaned pipe between the inside faces of consecutive maintenance
holes and/or structures.
i) Payment - Bid Item for “Sewer Rehabilitation”, “Pipe Lining” or “Liner Pipe”:
Includes all work described in 500-1.2 and 500-1.4 (furnish and install pipe or liner
B-4765
th
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
or linings, all necessary fittings, end seals, temporary trenches and access pits,
flow bypassing, post-installation television inspection, and all necessary removals,
backfill, and resurfacing). If a separate Bid Item exists for “Point Repairs”, see
500-1.1(k).
the length of rehabilitated pipe between the inside faces of consecutive
maintenance holes and/or structures.
j) Payment - Bid Item for “Annular Grouting”: Includes all work described in 500-3
(installing grout, temporary bulkheads, field testing for grout viscosity and density,
flushing the annular space, and disposal of vented grout). If a separate Bid Item is
not listed for “Annular Grouting”, include this Work within the Bid Item for “Sewer
Rehabilitation”, “Pipe Lining” or “Liner Pipe”.
the length of pipe with fully grouted annuluses between the inside faces of
consecutive maintenance holes and/or structures.
k) Payment - Bid Item for “Point Repair”: Only include “Point Repair” costs (described
in 500-1.2 b) for locations designated on the Plans.
500-1.1.1 (Not used)
500-1.1.2 (Not used)
500-1.1.3 (Not used)
500-1.1.4 (Not used)
500-1.1.5 Television Inspection. Use § 500-1.1.5 of the SSPWC as modified below.

Replace the first paragraph with the following:
Closed circuit television (CCTV) inspection will be required prior to rehabilitation to

document the condition of the host pipeline and to verify that it was cleaned per 500-1.3.
A post-installation CCTV inspection shall be performed to determine if the work was
completed per the Contract Documents and that all service connections have been
re-instated, as required. All video inspections shall be recorded in a digital format. All
original digital recordings, log sheets, and reports shall be submitted to the Engineer and
will become property of the Agency.
Replace the fourth sentence of the second paragraph with the following:
The camera and television monitor shall produce a minimum 720x480 resolution.
Replace the first two sentences of the eighth paragraph with the following: L.A.C.E.
INDEX
B-4765
th
Documentation shall consist of a color, digital recording, log sheets, and a written report
detailing the post-rehabilitation condition of the pipeline and lateral
connections/openings. The report shall note the time and date of CCTV inspection, street
name, upstream and downstream manhole, direction of view, direction of flow, surface
material, pipeline length, pipe section length, pipe size, pipe material, lateral connections,
digital recording number, counter number, and a detailed logging of defects encountered.
Replace the fourth sentence of the eighth paragraph with the following:
If the quality of the digital recording is deemed to be unacceptable by the Engineer, the
pipeline shall be re-televised at no additional cost to the Agency.
500-1.2 Preparatory Work: These items are the first order of work.
a) Submittals and shop drawings for conformance with 2-5.3.4: Except as noted,
submit for review and approval.
(1) Project layout: Show locations, reference maintenance holes, bypass
locations, lay down area and the method(s) of rehabilitation.
(2) Construction procedure and Operation Control: Describe flow management,
bypass pump calculations, maintaining service connections, sequencing,
proposed pipe cleaning methods, point repairs, installation methods, etcetera.
(3) Cured-in-place pipe: Provide copies of the manufacturer’s recommended
curing and processing procedures adjusted for the finished wall thickness and
site conditions on this Project.
(4) Structural calculations including but not limited to pipe jacking in 500-1.4.5.
(5) Removal procedures of rejected material.
(6) Describe all proposed materials and identify material manufacturing sources.
Provide all required mix designs and the curing methods. Provide all required
specifications including but not limited to liner specifications as specified in
500-1.4.2 b)
(7) Material certifications and test reports.
(8) Manufacturer-recommended construction details not shown on the plans.
(9) Odor control.
(10)Traffic control.
(11) Description of closed-circuit television inspection equipment along with a
sample of the log sheets.
(12) Material Safety Data Sheets and site safety plan: Submit for information only.
(13) Emergency Spill Response Plan (for sanitary sewers): Identify standby
equipment and procedures.
(14) Shoring, backfill and other necessary submittals required by the Contract
documents.
L.A.C.E.
b) Point Repairs: INDEX
(1) Apply Point Repairs designated on the Plans.
(2) Verify the location of the Point Repairs in field by closed-circuit television or
person-entry inspection. Identify and protect all interfering utilities and
th
B-4765 SHEET 141 OF 157
substructures prior to excavating, dewatering, flow bypassing, pipe repairs, or
replacement. Submit new plans with Point Repairs if necessary.
(3) Pipe Construction: Per 306-1.
(4) Pipe material: Unless otherwise noted, use an preapproved pipe material with
like inside diameter and load rating (D-load, 50-year creep-corrected 3-edge
bearing load or 50-year creep-corrected pipe stiffness) greater than or equal to
the removed pipe.
(5) Joining Pipe to Existing: Joints shall be Type Z joint per 208-5 or other
approved repair couplings to seal the joined pipes from leakage and rigidly
align the pipe inverts.
(6) Pipe Bedding: Along the pipeline, the bedding zone is designated to extend
one-half pipe diameter beyond all joints and repairs. Unless otherwise noted,
install per Standard Plan S-251, Case 5 bedding.
(7) Backfill: Unless otherwise noted, backfill per Standard Plan S-251 or use
CLSM per 201-6. Remove all organic materials and debris (untreated timber,
trash, wood lagging, plywood, etcetera). Remove all shoring materials within
12 ft of the surface (shores, piles, posts, lagging, etcetera).
(8) Cleanup: Restore surface and surface improvements, properly dispose of all
excess material and clean up the site.
500-1.3 Cleaning Pipelines: Begin after Preparatory Work is completed and inspected.
a) For sliplined rehabilitation pipe, use 500-1.3(b).
(1) Assess the site and determine the appropriate pipeline cleaning equipment.
(2) Pipeline cleaning operations: Protect the existing pipeline, maintenance hole,
and other improvements from damage. In particular, metallic parts of cleaning
equipment may not come in direct contact with pipe or maintenance hole
shafts that are plastic, plastic-lined, or plastic-coated. Cleaning operations
may not surcharge laterals or otherwise cause flow or gases to enter service
connections.
(3) Pipeline cleaning equipment: Use equipment that can be quickly dismantled
during an emergency and allow pipe flow to resume.
(4) Clean and remove all debris from pipelines: Use water jets, hydro flushers,
root cutters, grinders, buckets or other approved methods to remove
protruding laterals, roots, sludge, organic matter, grit, aggregate, bricks and
other debris from the entire pipeline circumference along the intended reach.
Continue with additional cleaning passes until debris is no longer generated.
Through a maintenance hole or other access, retrieve and properly dispose of
roots, root balls, grease, grit accumulations, rags, pipe fragments, bricks and
other debris.
Excavate to remove blockages and debris that remain from unsuccessful
pipeline cleaning operations. Apply a remedial Point Repair and complete
cleaning operations.
(5) Verify the cleaned pipeline condition and dimensions. L.A.C.E.
INDEX
b) For sliplined rehabilitation pipe
(1) Assess the site and determine the appropriate pipeline cleaning equipment.
th
B-4765 SHEET 142 OF 157
(2) Pipeline cleaning and proofing operations: Protect the existing pipeline,
maintenance hole and other improvements from damage. In particular,
metallic parts of equipment may not come in direct contact with pipe or
maintenance hole shafts that are plastic, plastic-lined or plastic-coated.
Cleaning and proofing operations may not surcharge laterals or otherwise
cause flow or gases to enter service connections.
(3) Pipeline cleaning equipment and mandrels: Use equipment that can be
quickly dismantled during an emergency to allow pipe flow to resume.
(4) Clean and remove all debris from pipelines: Use water jets, hydro flushers,
root cutters, grinders, buckets or other approved methods to remove
protruding laterals, roots, sludge, organic matter, grit, aggregate, bricks and
other debris from the entire pipeline circumference along the intended reach.
Continue with additional cleaning passes until debris is no longer generated.
Through a maintenance hole or other access, retrieve and properly dispose of
roots, root balls, grease, grit accumulations, rags, broken pieces of pipe, bricks
and other debris.
Excavate to remove blockages and debris that remain from unsuccessful
pipeline cleaning operations. Apply a remedial Point Repair and complete
cleaning operations.
(5) Pipe proofing: In conjunction with or following cleaning operations, proof the
host pipe using a mandrel or test section. Outfit the mandrel to travel upstream
or downstream and with baffles to collect any remaining debris. The mandrel
must pass through the entire length of host pipe. If the mandrel encounters
unexpected difficulty, retrieve the mandrel, re-clean the pipeline and resume
proofing. If the mandrel becomes lodged, excavate to retrieve, apply a
remedial Point Repair and resume proofing.
Mandrel design: Of substantial construction, capable of rigidly maintaining its
shape during cleaning and/or proofing operations. Two options are permitted.
Table 500-1.3(b)(5) - MANDREL DIMENSIONS
MANDREL LENGTH MANDREL OUTSIDE DIAMETER
Option #1 Same as the longest slipline 5% larger than the maximum outside
pipe segment diameter of the slipline pipe
Option #2 25% longer than the longest Same as the maximum outside
slipline pipe segment diameter of the slipline pipe
L.A.C.E.
c) Television Inspection INDEX
(1) Immediately following cleaning or pipe proofing or pipe installation, inspect the
pipe by closed-circuit television (CCTV) at the next expected low flow. Verify
the host pipe condition and effectiveness of cleaning, proofing or installation
operations. Record the inspection using a Digital Video Disc (DVD). Deliver
one (1) copy to the Engineer and one (1) copy to the Inspector of the original
th
B-4765 SHEET 143 OF 157
DVDs, audio commentary, log sheets, and reports at the close of each working
day. The Contractor may produce duplicates for its own use.
(2) CCTV Equipment:
Camera: Remote-controlled, focus from 6 inches to infinity. Minimum 720X480
pixels resolution. During the reinstatement of laterals, only use “rotating lens”
or “pan and tilt” cameras.
Footage counter: Accurate within ±1%. Include the real time counter
measurement as a caption on the recording. Use maintenance hole stations
and maintenance hole numbers as references.
Television monitor: Color, minimum 720X480 pixels resolution.
Lighting: Adequate to fully illuminate the pipeline and positioned to not
produce glare.
Mobility: Capable of steadily traveling with or against the flow. The maximum
speed while inspecting and recording is 30 feet per minute.
(3) Quality of CCTV Inspection Record: The recorded video image must clearly
show the full circumference of the pipeline, in focus, with adequate lighting to
see detail, with uniform and steady travel, and depicting the date and time of
inspection, footage of travel, street, project title and pipe size. At laterals,
service connections, and pipe defects, provide a closer, more detailed
examination and document the orientation, location, and size. The written
records must further describe those laterals, service connections, and pipe
defects and index them to their location on the video record.
(4) If debris is encountered, retrieve the CCTV unit, re-clean the pipeline, and
resume CCTV inspection.
500-1.4 Pipe Rehabilitation: After the Contractor has verified the condition of the host
pipe and the Engineer has verified the cleanliness of the pipeline, use approved methods
and materials to rehabilitate the pipeline.
If pipe rehabilitation does not commence within twenty-four hours after cleaning, the
pipeline must be re-cleaned per 500-1.3. Re-cleaning will not be necessary if the
Contractor installs and maintains an approved method to capture debris and prevent
debris from entering the cleaned reach of pipe. The proposed debris collection method
must be submitted to Engineer for approval prior to cleaning pipelines. Should the debris
collection method fail and allow debris to contaminate a cleaned pipe, the Contractor
must re-clean the pipe.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
500-1.4.1 General
a) Service connections (includes house connections, laterals and cleanouts):
Provide each affected user with 48 hours advance notice prior to restricting flow.
Provide temporary sanitary collection services during flow restrictions. Immediately
following pipe rehabilitation, the service connections must be restored as quickly
as possible and within 24 hours. The circumference of the restored service
connection must be smooth and fully open. Service connections that are overcut
must be repaired by remedial Point Repair. The Contractor may elect to use
B-4765
th
remote-controlled devices to restore service connections. In such case, provide a
contingency plan to restore all service connections within 24 hours by excavation
should the remote-controlled device fail or prove ineffective.
b) Rehabilitation operations: Protect the existing pipeline, maintenance hole, and

other improvements from damage. In particular, metallic parts of rehabilitation
equipment may not come in direct contact with pipe or maintenance hole shafts
that are plastic, plastic-lined, or coated. Rehabilitation operations may not
surcharge laterals or otherwise cause flow or gasses to enter service connections.
c) Pipe Terminations at Maintenance Holes and Structures: To accept end seals,

extend pipes into the maintenance hole or structure for a distance of 1 inch ± 1/2
inch. Where the pipe is installed through an intermediate maintenance hole or
structure, the Contractor shall extend the crown section for 1 inch ± 1/2 inch
distance and grind off the pipe crown flush with the maintenance hole shelf.
d) End Seals: At each end of each pipe rehabilitation section, seal the annulus with
approved rubber gaskets and/or sealants to withstand 5 psi positive and negative
pressure. Tool sealants to form a smooth transition for flow. Where necessary to
allow sealants to bond and cure, install a temporary internal bypass.
Approved sealants: Sika Sikadur 31 Hi-Mod Gel Epoxy paste, or equal, for
rehabilitation work.
e) Sealing Service Connections: As specified or required on the Plans.
Option 1: Shore and excavate to expose the connection, use approved sealant to
caulk the circumference of rehabilitation pipe to host pipe joint, seal the service
connection to the host pipe with acid-resistant epoxy mortar and backfill.
Option 2 - Worker-Entry pipe: Per Standard Plan S-121, attach PVC repair sheets
to the liner pipe by heat-welding and to the host pipe with Type 316 stainless steel
mechanical fasteners. For non-PVC liner pipe, provide a watertight seal by using
approved sealants and acid-resistant epoxy mortars at the connection, annulus,
broken joints, cracks, etcetera.
Option 3 - Robotic-Access Pipe: Isolate the service connection to prevent

unintended migration of grout. Pressure inject grout to seal the connection,
annulus, broken joints, cracks, etcetera. Grout mix: Portland cement, fly ash,
water, water reducer, and plasticizers to yield 2,000 psi compressive strength at 28
days. Pressure inject grout until any one of the following has occurred: 1) 0.25 cu.
ft. is injected for pipe 12 inches or less; 2) 0.35 cu. ft. is injected for pipe 24 inches
or less; 3) 0.50 cu. ft. is injected for pipe 36 inches or less; or 4) 5 psi gage
measured at the service connection is maintained for five minutes without grout
take.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
B-4765
th
If the grout isolation system fails or is ineffective, use Option 1 to seal all remaining
connections. Remove errant grout that restricts full, laminar flow from the service
connection or pipe liner.
f) Specified Pipe Load Ratings: The Plans specify a pipe stiffness, wall thickness,
3-edge Bearing Strength or D-Load for the final installed condition. The specified
pipes do not consider construction means and methods for installation,
transportation or handling. Increase the pipe load rating as necessary for
construction loading, buoyancy, jacking, grouting, friction, winching, etcetera.
g) Quality assurance: All work is subject to inspection per 4-1. Provide the Engineer
and Inspector with full access to manufacturing plants, fabrication plants,
assembly yards, and the worksite for announced and unannounced inspections.
(1) Manufacturing of pipe, pipe liner, pipe lining, and other products for
rehabilitation:
Material certification: Prior to fabrication, submit a written certification that the
proposed rehabilitation system continues to be the approved system and that
no changes in formulation, compound, or constituent have since occurred.
Fabrication and Manufacturing: For each lot of material, perform at least one
series of quality control tests to verify that the intended cell classification is
present.
Lot for Quality Control Tests: For each manufacturing line, a lot is each
production crew shift or each change in material batch or completion of a coil
(for strip and helical products), whichever occurs first. A lot cannot exceed 50
pieces for pipe, or 200 ft for coiled products.
(2) Installation of pipe, pipe liner, pipe lining, and other products for rehabilitation:
Field verification: Each material shipment received at the jobsite must be
accompanied with the Inspector’s written release from the manufacturing
plant.
Field sampling: After installation and processing of the pipe, pipe liner, or pipe
lining, retrieve the required samples and deliver to the Inspector as soon as
the samples are washed with potable water and wiped dry. Mark with the
location taken, pipe crown orientation, date, project, and Contractor’s name.
Tests: Test coupons will be fabricated from each pipe sample at the 10, 11,
12, 1 and 2 o’clock positions with the crown being 12 o’clock. The coupons are
tested for minimum thicknesses and dimensions, initial flexural modulus
(ASTM D790), initial tensile strength and elongation (ASTM D 638), specific
gravity, impact strength/hardness (ASTM D 256/D 2240 Shore D), and cell
classification (ASTM D 1784/ D 3262/ D 3350/ D 5813/ F714/ F1216/ F 1504)
and compared to archived test reports for acceptance or rejection.
(3) Post-installation: After restoring service connections, installing end seals and
sealing required service connections, perform a post-installation television
inspection per 500-1.3(c).
h) Markings for pipe, liner and fittings: For every 5 ft o.c. of pipe, liner and for each
fitting, provide product codes that identify manufacturer, SDR/load rating, size,
material, cell classification, plant date, and the manufacturing shift and machine.
B-4765
th
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
i) Rejections: Submit procedures to remove the rejected material and install
compliant materials immediately. Where removing rejected material damages the
host pipe or adjacent improvements, use point repair procedures to remove and
replace the host pipe section containing the rejected material. Delays caused by
rejections are subject to liquidated damages. In addition, the Contractor is subject
to costs for additional inspection and testing. Some causes for rejection are:
(1) Material damaged during transit, handling, or installation.
(2) Thermoplastic compounds found to be altered, changed, or modified from the
approved assembly.
(3) Material unable to achieve the required physical properties.
(4) Installations that do not satisfy specifications.
L.A.C.E.
500-1.4.2 Folded/Deformed & Reformed Systems INDEX
a) General
(1) Reference standards: ASTMs F 714 & F 1504 & D3350.
(2) Fold & Form rehabilitation pipe: Expandable up to 10 percent in diameter to fill
corroded areas, offset joints, and other irregularities.
(3) Operational control: Provide and monitor calibrated gages and valves to
maintain temperatures, inflation pressures, and winching forces within the
manufacturer’s recommendations. Monitor, control, and balance cooling and
pressure to ensure a tight fit to the host pipe without axial or radial shrinkage.
(4) Winching pipe into place: Using steam, heat pipe for at least 15 minutes and
until pliable enough to manipulate into the host pipe.
(5) Pre-liners: Provide as necessary for additional insulation, groundwater
control, or smoothing out rough areas.
(6) Pipe forming, cool-down, and discharge: To be completed within 24 hours of
installation. Remove hazardous waste from the jobsite and dispose. Heating
media such as steam or water must be clean and cooled to 100°F (38°C) if
discharged into the pipeline system. Begin service connection reinstatements
as soon as possible.
(7) Input temperature to heat the fold & form pipe: Not to exceed 240°F (115°C)
(8) Field Sampling: At each entry, intermediate and exit maintenance hole,
provide a sheet metal form at least one-foot (0.3 m) long whose inside
diameter matches the inside diameter of the host pipe. Sandbags, or similar,
may be used to restrain the form and provide heat insulation. The fold & form
pipe must then be installed and processed through each of these forms. After
installation is complete, remove the sheet metal forms and retrieve the upper
half of the pipe section for testing. To avoid “edge effects”, 6 inches may be
trimmed from the sample end where the forms have a free edge.
b) Contract submittal
In contract submittals, the Contractor shall (1) field verify the internal pipe diameter
of each individual reach to be lined, and (2) submit liner specifications for review
and approval by the Engineer prior to ordering material for installation. Submittals
th
B-4765 SHEET 147 OF 157
shall include but not be limited to liner thickness calculations, pre- and
post-installation outside diameter of the liner, and the manufacturer’s complete
installation procedures.
500-1.4.3 Cured-in-place Systems

a) General
(1) Reference standards: ASTMs F 1216 & F 1743 & D 5813.
(2) Cured-in-place rehabilitation pipe: Expandable up to 10 percent in diameter to

fill corroded areas, offset joints, and other irregularities.
(3) Operational control: Provide and monitor calibrated gages and valves to
maintain temperatures, inflation pressures, and winching forces within the
manufacturer’s recommendations. Monitor, control, and balance cooling and
pressure to ensure a tight fit to the host pipe without axial or radial shrinkage.
(4) Pre-liners: Provide as necessary for additional insulation, groundwater

control, or smoothing out rough areas.
(5) Inner liner (tube coating): Polyurethane, 15 mils minimum, clear-colored to

allow inspection of the finished product.
(6) Curing, cool-down, and discharge: To be completed within 24 hours of

installation. Remove hazardous waste from the jobsite and dispose. Heating
media such as steam or water must be clean and cooled to 100°F if
discharged into the pipeline system. Begin service connection reinstatements
as soon as possible.
(7) Field Sampling: At each entry, intermediate, and exit maintenance hole,
provide a sheet metal form at least 18 in long whose inside diameter matches
the inside diameter of the host pipe. Sandbags, or similar, may be used to
restrain the form and provide heat insulation. The cured-in-place pipe must
then be installed and processed through each of these forms. After installation
is complete, remove the sheet metal forms and retrieve the upper half of the
pipe section for testing. To avoid “edge effects”, 6 inches may be trimmed from
the sample end where the forms have a free edge.
b) Contract submittal
In contract submittals, the Contractor shall (1) field verify the internal pipe diameter
of each individual reach to be lined, and (2) submit liner specifications for review
and approval by the Engineer prior to ordering material for installation. Submittals
shall include but not be limited to liner thickness calculations, pre- and
post-installation outside diameter of the liner, and the manufacturer’s complete
installation procedures.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
B-4765
th
500-1.4.4 Ultraviolet-Cured Fiberglass-Reinforced Cured-in-Place Pipe
a) General
(1) Reference standards: ASTMs F 2019 & F 1743 & D 5813.
(2) Expandable up to 10 percent in diameter to fill corroded areas, offset joints,

and other irregularities.
(3) Operational control: Provide and monitor calibrated gages and winches to
maintain inflation pressures, and winching forces within the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
(4) Sliding foil: Provide and install a plastic foil in the lower circumference of the
existing pipe to protect the new liner from any irregularities in the existing pipe
and to reduce winching forces.
(5) Calibration hose: Provide an internal temporary foil to maintain the integrity of
the liner until it is installed and cured. The calibration hose shall be removed
after the installation is completed.
(6) Service connections: Contractor shall not rely on liner dimples for the location
of service connections. Contractor shall measure the location of service
connections longitudinally and radially before installation of the liner to insure
accurate location of the service connections. Begin service connection
reinstatements as soon as possible. Remove hazardous waste from the
jobsite and dispose.
(7) Field Sampling: At each entry, intermediate, and exit maintenance hole,
provide a circular form at least 18 inch long whose inside diameter matches
the inside diameter of the host pipe. The cured-in-place pipe must then be
installed and processed through each of these forms. After installation is
complete, retrieve a full 360°, 12” long ring specimen of the pipe section for
testing. If space allows, the ring shall be intact. If there are space constraints,
the ring may be cut up into no more than three pieces to facilitate removal
through the maintenance hole opening. The Inspector shall maintain chain of
custody of the specimens.
(8) Quality Assurance: The City shall verify the quality of the installed liner by
taking ASTM D3567 measurements on the ring specimen and conducting
ASTM D790 tests on five samples in the hoop direction. The Contractor shall
bear the expense of preparing the specimens for ASTM D790 testing by water
jet cutting or laser cutting.
(9) Protection from UV exposure: Measures shall be taken to protect the public
and City personnel from receiving an exposure of ultraviolet radiation which
would exceed the Threshold Limit Value, as established by the American
th
B-4765 SHEET 149 OF 157
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists.
(10) Installer Certification: Prior to the production run, the Installer shall
successfully place two reaches, each having a minimum of 200 feet, as a
means of certifying the Installer to install the liner. The Contractor shall
arrange for the UV-CIPP manufacturer’s representative to be present and
provide advisory support during the installation of these two reaches.
b) Contract submittals
(1) Field verify the internal pipe diameter and length of each individual reach to be
lined.
(2) Submit liner specifications for review and approval by the Engineer prior to
ordering material for installation. Submittals shall include, but not be limited to,
liner thickness calculations, pre- and post-installation outside diameter of the
liner, and axial (winching) strength of the liner.
(3) Submit the curing protocol for each combination of diameter and thickness of
liner. Protocol shall include the number of lamps in the light train, the power
and spectra of each lamp, the maximum distance of a lamp to the liner
surface, and the speed of the light train in feet per minute. Tolerances shall
be specified for the output of each lamp and the speed of the light train.
500-1.4.5 Coiled/ Profiled Strip Systems
a) General
(1) Reference standards: ASTMs D 1784, F 1697, F 1698, F 1735 & F 1741.
(2) Pipe alignment: Maintain the specified inside diameter and position the pipe in
contact with the host pipe invert.
(3) Field Sampling: Obtain 1ft long strips from the beginning of each coil and
processed pipe from each entry, intermediate and exit maintenance hole.
(4) Minimum waterway liner thickness: 60 mils
(5) Interlocks and joints between strips: Fill with sealant that will cure within 24
hours in the presence of moisture.
(6) Continuous runs: Spiral-wound pipe must be made using a single, continuous
profile strip and joiner strip between consecutive maintenance holes or
structures. For pipe installed by worker-entry, stagger the ends of the profile
strip at least one profile strip width.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 150 OF 157
(7) Interlocks: The interlocking joints between consecutive spirals of profiled
strips must be continuously and fully engaged.
(8) Flow bypassing: Provide as required for the Contractor’s convenience.
(9) Annular space: Solid grout per 500-3 as modified below.

Annular grout 28-day compressive strength: Unless otherwise noted, use f’c
= 300 psi for diameters ≤ 36 inches and f’c = 1,000 psi for diameters > 36
inches.
Service connections: Reinstate prior to annular grouting.
Grout ports: After annular grouting, repair grout holes with heat-welded PVC
patching sheets per Standard Plan S-121.
500-1.4.6 Slipline Systems
a) General
(1) Access pits: Excavate to springline elevation and expose the host pipe.
Unless otherwise noted, waterproof all sanitary sewer access pits. At the
completion of pipe rehabilitation, clean up pit, backfill and restore the site to its
original condition.
Remove and dispose:
A. All organic materials and debris (such as untreated timber, annular grout,
trash, plywood, wood, grease, oils, and hydraulic fluids), and
B. All shoring within 12 ft of the surface (such as steel piles, lagging, concrete
encasements, wales, and waterproofing).
Inorganic shoring material below 12 ft of the surface: Core drill 6 inches holes
at each low point that may collect water and at 8 ft o.c. along the bottom
perimeter of the waterproofing.
Backfill: Use native soils backfilled at 90% relative compaction. Do not use
slurry.
(2) Pit water proofing: Place 4 inches air-placed concrete with “6x6 W1.4/W1.4
WWF” reinforcing at the centerline. When the energy line is shown on the
Plans, extend the air placed concrete from the bottom of the pit to 3 ft above
the energy line elevation. Otherwise, extend waterproofing to the surface.
Apply sealant to joints or cracks that may leak. Saw cut to remove the host
pipe crown. Do not use impact equipment.
(3) Sliplining from two access pits to a common point: Provide coupling devices
to join pipe internally.
(4) Pipe protection: Use devices such as cushions, sleeves, sleeves at the lead
piece of pipe, etcetera, to protect the pipe during installation. The jacking force
must be applied directly to the pipe body without affecting the couplings, joints
or gaskets.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
th
B-4765 SHEET 151 OF 157
(5) “Design Jacking Load” or “Maximum Jacking Load”: Calculated force due to
friction, flow, jacking methods, flow cycles, buoyancy, debris and host pipe
irregularities.
Coefficient of friction between pipe and clean, wet host pipes: µN = 0.15
minimum.
Maximum Jacking Load: Per pipe manufacturer’s recommendations, but not
to exceed 25% of the initial axial pipe capacity (includes a 2:1 factor of safety).
Initial Axial Pipe Capacity: (Net pipe cross-sectional area) x (initial axial
strength).
(6) Design of Jacking System: Provide with sufficient jacking capacity to deliver
25% greater than the Design Jacking Load. The jacks and frames must also
evenly apply the jacking force to the pipe.
(7) Jacking: Install pipe with the spigot end leading. Where possible, jack in the
upstream direction and at low flow.
(8) Applied jacking force: Provide gages to measure the actual force delivered
against the pipe.
(9) Annular grout: Per modified 500-3, fill annulus solid while minimizing pipe
floating.
(10) Flow manipulation during annular grouting: Unless otherwise noted, flood the
liner pipe while grouting and continue until the annular grout has set. During
this period, the Contractor shall continuously monitor flow levels to ensure that
maintenance holes, laterals and service connections are not surcharged. The
devices used by the Contractor to flood the liner pipe must be designed for
immediate removal during an emergency.
(11) Maximum annular grouting pressure: Unless otherwise noted, ASTM D 2412
pipe stiffness divided by 4.5.
(12) Flow restrictions: The host pipeline must remain in full service throughout
construction.
(13) Service connections: Reinstate by excavation, see 500-1.4.1(e)(1).
(14) Gaskets: Per 208-3 and ASTM F 477.
(15) Joint Design: Flush exterior to match the outside diameter of the pipe.
(16) Samples for testing: As directed by the Inspector, retrieve up to two pipe
samples per lot. Cut each to a length of 6 inches and an arc length of 24
inches.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
B-4765
th
500-2 MANHOLE AND STRUCTURE REHABILITATION.
Type II Lining/Coating is suitable for rehabilitation of sanitary sewer structures and

maintenance shafts, as approved by the Engineer. The design service life is 15 years.
A list of approved Type II Linings/Coatings along with their minimum required

thickness and their installation requirements is available in the office of the City Engineer.
The list of approved linings can also be accessed at http://boe.lacity.org/apm.
500-2.4.5 Liner Repairs. Add the following to the end of the paragraph:
Submit a field repair procedure to the Engineer for approval before application.
500-3 ANNULAR SPACE GROUTING.

500-3.1 Requirements.
500-3.1.4a) Materials-Compressive Strength. Add the following to the beginning of

the first paragraph: Unless otherwise specified by the Engineer,
500-3.1.8 Onsite Test. Add the following as item c):

c) Compressive Strength Test in accordance with ASTM C 495 or C 109 using a
minimum of six (6) samples (2 of 7 day breaks, 2 of 14 day breaks, and 2 of 28 day
breaks).
500-4 SERVICE LATERAL CONNECTION SEALING. Delete this section and replace it
with the following:
500-4.1 General. This subsection specifies various service lateral connection (SLC)
sealing systems, and methods of installation. The type of sealing systems and methods
to be used shall be as shown on the Plans or specified in the Technical Specifications.
Only City of Los Angeles approved materials shall be used.
SLC sealing systems shall consist of either a cured-in-place resin saturated felt or
fiberglass lining material and tube installed in an existing mainline and lateral. When a
SLC sealing system is to be installed after lining the mainline, the SLC sealing system
material shall be compatible with the lining material in the mainline. Any damage
occurring to the lined mainline pipe during installation of the SLC sealing system shall be
repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City. Dry or unsaturated areas are
not acceptable. The lining material and tube shall be sized such that when installed they
are properly aligned, tight fitting and without wrinkles. Bubbles, holes, or any other visual
defects in the installed product shall be cause for rejection. SLC sealing systems shall be
manufactured so as to provide smooth tapered edges after curing. The materials, curing
th
B-4765 SHEET 153 OF 157
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
method and schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval. No
curing system shall be used that allows heat or air to travel up the lateral to any structure
present on the adjoining private property. Damage to the existing house connection
lateral during the installation of the seal shall be repaired by the Contractor at no
additional costs to the City. The cured SLC sealing system shall meet or exceed the
specifications in Table 500-4.1 (A).
TABLE 500-4.1 (A)

PROPERTY TEST METHOD VALUE
Flexural Modulus ASTM D790 250,000 psi
Tensile Strength ASTM D638 3,000 psi
Weight Change SSPWC 211-2 ± 1.0%
Bonding materials used with SLC sealing systems shall be compatible with the existing
mainline and HC or with the lining system used in the mainline and HC, and shall be
submitted to the Engineer for review.
500-4.2 Requirements.
500-4.2.1 Installer Qualifications. The installer shall be certified by the manufacturer of

the SLC sealing system. Personnel installing the SLC sealing system shall be adequately
trained in maintenance and operation of the required installation equipment. A letter from
the manufacturer of the SLC sealing system, verifying the certification of the installer,
shall be submitted to the Engineer. The installer shall be on-site at all times during
installation.
Prior to installation, the Contractor shall submit a detailed installation plan to the Engineer
for review and approval. This installation plan shall provide verification of compliance with
the physical properties specified in Table 500-4.1 (A), product approval by the City of Los
Angeles Engineer of Design, the manufacturer’s specified curing time, chemical
composition and a detailed description of the SLC sealing system.
500-4.2.2 Cleaning, Inspection, and Surface Preparation. Prior to the installation of

the SLC sealing system, the HC, SLC and mainline shall be prepared, as specified by the
manufacturer, to produce a surface that is suitable for application of the specified sealing
system. Cleaning shall include the removal of roots, debris, mineral deposits, or any
other items that will hinder insertion of the seal or cause an uneven finished surface.
Cleaning methods shall be as specified by the manufacturer of the SLC sealing system
and submitted to the Engineer. Cleaning and surface preparation shall include CCTV
inspection of the mainline and HC for locating any damage or leaks. CCTV inspection
shall conform to 500-1.1.5, the Plan Notes and the Technical Specifications. The HCs
shall be inspected a minimum of 16 inches beyond the end of the proposed lining unless
otherwise specified. Any protrusions on the surface of the mainline and HC that could
interfere with the installation of the SLC sealing system shall be removed. All roots shall
be removed during the cleaning operation and any damage or leaks shall be reported to
B-4765
th
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
the Engineer. Flow bypassing, if required, shall be submitted and approved by the
Engineer.
Debris from the cleaning operation shall not be allowed to enter the sewer system. The
Contractor shall furnish, install and remove any necessary debris collected from the
cleaning operation.
500-4.3 Repair and Active Infiltration.

500-4.3.1. General. Material used to repair active infiltration shall be compatible with the
SLC sealing system and mainline lining material. Proof of compatibility shall be submitted
to the Engineer for approval.
500-4.3.2 Active Infiltration. Active infiltration shall be eliminated by pressure grouting

with chemical grout as specified by the SLC system manufacturer or specified in the
Technical Specifications. Upon the completion of pressure grouting, if required, the area
to be sealed shall be visibly clean with no excess grout prior to lining.
500-4.4 Field Inspection Testing and Repair of Installed SLC Sealing Systems.
500-4.4.1 General. The Contractor shall submit information on the equipment to be used
in testing the installed SLC sealing system to the Engineer.
500-4.4.2 CCTV Inspection. After the installation is complete, the Contractor shall
perform CCTV inspection in accordance with 500-1.1.5, the plans and the Technical
Specifications. CCTV of the actual seal plus a minimum of 10 feet directly upstream and
10 feet directly downstream of the seal location shall be included in the CCTV. Bubbles,
holes, or any other visual defects in the installed product shall be cause for rejection.
500-4.4.3 Adhesion Testing. If specified in the Contract Documents or Special

Provisions, adhesion testing shall be performed on installed SLC seals. The Contractor
shall notify the Engineer 24 hours prior to performing adhesion testing. If the Engineer or
the Inspector cannot be on site during testing, the Contractor shall video record the test
at each seal and shall submit the video recording to the Engineer.
Adhesion testing shall be conducted after the SLC seal has cured in accordance with
manufacturer’s specifications and before the final video inspection is performed.
Adhesion testing shall consist of inserting a high velocity, hydraulic cleaning type, 360
degree spinning nozzle and CCTV camera in the mainline pipe and positioning the nozzle
at the SLC seal. The water from the nozzle shall be directed downstream for a minimum
of 1 minute at each edge of the SLC seal in the mainline, at the minimum pressure of
1500 psi and minimum flow rate of 65 gpm.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
B-4765
th
500-4.4.4 Repairs of SLC Sealing Systems. If the SLC sealing system does not pass
the CCTV inspection or fails the adhesion test, the Contractor shall remove and replace
or repair the SLC sealing system as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by
the Engineer.
500-4.5 Full Wrap “T-Style” SLC Sealing System.
500-4.5.1 General. This subsection specifies a full wrap “T-Style” SLC sealing system.
500-4.5.2 Sealing Material. The sealing material shall consist of a cured-in-place resin
saturated felt tube that provides a full-wrap tube in the mainline centered at the HC, with
a tube section extended into the HC. The length of the tube section in the mainline shall
be a minimum of 16-inches. Lining of the house connection shall begin at the main line
and continue up into the lateral approximately 6-inches or until covering the first joint by
2-inches, whichever is greater.
500-4.5.3 Installation and Curing. Installation shall conform to Section 7.0 of ASTM
F2561. The installation method shall provide an air-tight seal of the SLC sealing system
to the mainline pipe and HC Sewer as specified by the manufacturer and shall be
submitted to the Engineer for review. Prior to installation, the felt tube shall be saturated
with resin at the work site or at the factory and stored at the temperature specified by the
resin manufacturer. After installation, the felt tube shall be cured as specified by the resin
manufacturer. The method of curing shall be submitted to the Engineer for review.
L.A.C.E.
500-4.6 “Brim Style” SLC Sealing System. INDEX
500-4.6.1 General. This subsection specifies a “brim style” SLC sealing system.
500-4.6.2 Sealing Material. The sealing material shall consist of a cured-in-place resin
saturated fiberglass or felt material that provides a brim section in the mainline with the
brim centered around the HC and a tube section extended in the HC. Lining of the house
connection shall begin at the main line and continue up into the lateral approximately
6-inches or until covering the first joint by 2-inches, whichever is greater.
500-4.6.3 Installation and Curing. The fiberglass or felt material and tube shall be
saturated with resin at the work site or at the factory and stored at the temperature
specified by the resin manufacturer. The resin saturated SLC sealing system shall be
loaded on an applicator apparatus, attached to a robotic device and positioned in the
mainline at the HC to be sealed. The robotic device shall be equipped with a CCTV
th
B-4765 SHEET 156 OF 157
camera which shall be used to align and center the SLC sealing system within the HC
opening. The applicator apparatus shall include a bladder or an approved mechanical
device of sufficient length in the mainline and HC such that it extends beyond the end of
the SLC seal. The insertion pressure shall be adjusted to fully deploy the SLC sealing
system in the HC and to hold the ends of the SLC seal against the pipe walls. The SLC
sealing system shall produce a smooth transition between the SLC seal and the pipe
walls without a ridge or gap between the SLC seal and the inner diameter of the mainline
and HC. The inflation pressure shall be maintained for the duration of the curing process.
Curing shall be as specified by the resin manufacturer. The method of curing shall be
submitted to the Engineer for review and approval.
500-4.7 Measurement and Payment.

500-4.7.1 Measurement. SLC sealing systems shall be measured by “each”.
500-4.7.2 Payment. Payment for SLC sealing systems will be made at the Contract Unit
Price in the Bid for each SLC. The Contract Unit Price in the Bid shall include the
installation of the SLC sealing system, cleaning, surface preparation, repairs, video
recording submittal of all pre- and post-construction CCTV inspection, bypassing if
required, and traffic control.
L.A.C.E.
INDEX
B-4765
th

Brown Book 7th Edition

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Brown Book 7th Edition

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BROWN BOOK

CITY OF LOS ANGELES

CITY OF LOS ANGELES

STANDARD GENERAL PROVISIONS SEVENTH EDITION

REVISIONS DESCRIPTION SUPERCEDES REFERENCES

APPROVED °[ 2017 Exp. 9-30-18

PART 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS

PART 2 - CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

PART 3 - CONSTRUCTION METHODS

PART 5 - SYSTEM REHABILITATION

Approved Subcontractor - Any subcontractor, whether bid listed or not, approved to

Best Management Practice (BMP) -

Board - The Board of Public Works of the City of Los Angeles.

Contractor’s Representative - A representative of the Contractor who is present at the

Dates - The following are Contract milestone dates:

Maximum Extent Practicable - The technology-based standard established in the Clean

Non-conforming Work - Unapproved construction, defective work or damaged materials

Notice of Intent (NOI) - Written notice of a Permittee’s intention to begin construction,

Project - See Work.

Quality Control - Those standards, systems, processes, procedures and activities

Subcontractor Substitution - Anyone other than the approved subcontractor(s)

Supplier - An individual, corporation, partnership, organization, firm or combination

Type II Liner - A polyurethane or epoxy coating system compliant to Section 500-2.7 or

Unapproved Subcontractor - Any bid-listed subcontractor, added subcontractor, or

Unauthorized Subcontractor Substitution - Any reduction, increase, or other change

Working day - Same as "Workday" term and definition.

1-3.3 Institutions. Modify by the addition of the following Institutions:

SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK

Add the following paragraphs:

The Contractor shall include this “Nondiscrimination Clause” in all subcontracts

Add the following paragraphs:

A list of individuals, firms and organizations debarred, suspended or who have

2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS.

Add the following as the second sentence of the second paragraph:

Add the following to the end of the second paragraph:

Add the following to the end of the third paragraph:

Replace the fourth paragraph with the following:

Where a manufactured item is designed by the manufacturer, fabricator,

Submittals shall be accompanied by a standard CONTRACTOR’S SUBMITTAL

Add the following items:

2-5.3.5 Installation Instructions. Revise item c) to read:

2-8 RIGHT-OF-WAY. Add the following to the end of the paragraph:

The Inspector is authorized to enforce compliance with the Contract Documents, to

Add the following subsection:

SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK

3-1 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. L.A.C.E.

3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY.

Add the following subsection:

3-3 EXTRA WORK.

3-3.2.2 Basis for Establishing Costs.

The markups specified in 3-3.2.3.1 and 3-3.2.3.2 above shall be considered as

Add the following subsection:

Article 1.5 Resolution of Construction Claims

SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS

4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP.

Add the following paragraph:

Add to the end of the first paragraph the following:

4-1.3.3 Inspection of Items Not Locally Produced. Replace the fourth

Add the following at the end of the first paragraph:

An approved inspection agency /accredited testing laboratory shall not sublet or

Replace the fourth paragraph with the following:

Replace the fifth paragraph with the following: